Paradyne Network Card DMD15 User Manual

DMD15/DMD15L

IBS/IDR Universal

Satellite Modem

Installation and Operation Manual

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

- NOTICE -

whole or in part be copied, reproduced,

translated or reduced to any electronic or

magnetic storage medium without the written

consent of a duly authorized officer of Radyne,

Inc.

Radyne, Inc. • 3138 E. Elwood St. • Phoenix, AZ 85034 •(602) 437-9620 • Fax: (602) 437-4811

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Latest Software Revision Confirmation

When new features are added to Radyne, Inc. equipment, the control parameters are

appended to the end of the Non-Volatile Section of the Remote Communications

Specification, and status of the features, if any, are added at the end of the Volatile

Section. If a remote M&C queries two pieces of Radyne, Inc. equipment with different

revision software, they could respond with two different sized packets. The remote M&C

MUST make use of the non-volatile count value to index to the start of the Volatile Section.

If the remote M&C is not aware of the newly added features to the product, it should

disregard the parameters at the end of the Non-Volatile Section and index to the start of

the Volatile Section.

Before creating any software based on the information contained in this document,

contact the Radyne, Inc. Customer Service Department at (602) 437-9620 to find out if the

software revision for that piece of equipment is current and that no new features have

been added since the release of this document.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Warranty Policy

Radyne, Inc. Warranty Policy

Warranty and Service

Radyne, Inc. (Seller) warrants the items manufactured and sold by Radyne, Inc. to be free of defects in

material and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from date of shipment Radyne, Inc.’s obligation

under its warranty is limited in accordance with the periods of time and all other conditions stated in all

provisions of this warranty.

This warranty applies only to defects in material and workmanship in products manufactured by Radyne,

Inc. Radyne, Inc. makes no warranty whatsoever concerning products or accessories not of its

manufacture. Repair, or at Radyne, Inc.’s option, replacement of the Radyne, Inc. products or defective

parts therein shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for all valid warranty claims.

Warranty Period

The applicable warranty period shall commence on the date of shipment from Radyne, Inc.’s facility to the

original purchaser and extend for the stated period following the date of shipment. Upon beginning of the

applicable Radyne, Inc. warranty period, all customer’s remedies shall be governed by the terms stated or

referenced in this warranty. In-warranty repaired or replacement products or parts are warranted only for

the remaining unexpired portion of the original warranty period applicable to the repaired or replaced

products or parts. Repair or replacement of products or parts under warranty does not extend the original

warranty period.

Warranty Coverage Limitations

The following are expressly not covered under warranty:

Any loss, damage and/or malfunction relating in any way to shipping, storage, accident, abuse,

alteration, misuse, neglect, failure to use products under normal operating conditions, failure to

use products according to any operating instructions provided by Radyne, Inc., lack of routine care

and maintenance as indicated in any operating maintenance instructions, or failure to use or take

any proper precautions under the circumstances.

Products, items, parts, accessories, subassemblies, or components which are expendable in

normal use or are of limited life, such as but not limited to, bulbs, fuses, lamps, glassware, etc.

Radyne, Inc. reserves the right to revise the foregoing list of what is covered under this warranty.

Warranty Replacement and Adjustment

Radyne, Inc. will not make warranty adjustments for failures of products or parts, which occur after the

specified maximum adjustment period. Unless otherwise agreed, failure shall be deemed to have occurred

no more than seven (7) working days before the first date on which a notice of failure is received by

Radyne, Inc. Under no circumstances shall any warranty exceed the period stated above unless expressly

agreed to in writing by Radyne, Inc.

Liability Limitations

This warranty is expressly in lieu of and excludes all other express and implied warranties,

Including but not limited to warranties of merchantability and of fitness for particular purpose, use,

or applications, and all other obligations or liabilities on the part of Radyne Inc., unless such other

warranties, obligations, or liabilities are expressly agreed to in writing by Radyne, Inc.

All obligations of Radyne, Inc. under this warranty shall cease in the event its products or parts

thereof have been subjected to accident, abuse, alteration, misuse or neglect, or which have not

been operated and maintained in accordance with proper operating instructions.

In no event shall Radyne, Inc. be liable for Incidental, consequential, special or resulting loss or

damage of any kind howsoever caused.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

iii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Warranty Policy

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Radyne, Inc.’s liability for damages shall not exceed the payment, if any, received by Radyne, Inc.

for the unit or product or service furnished or to be furnished, as the case may be, which is the

subject of claim or dispute.

Statements made by any person, including representatives of Radyne, Inc., which are inconsistent

or in conflict with the terms of this warranty, shall not be binding upon Radyne, Inc. unless

reduced to writing and approved by an officer of Radyne, Inc.

Warranty Repair Return Procedure

Before a warranty repair can be accomplished, a Repair Authorization must be received. It is at this time

that Radyne, Inc. will authorize the product or part to be returned to the Radyne, Inc. facility or if field repair

will be accomplished. The Repair Authorization may be requested in writing or by calling:

Radyne, Inc.

3138 E. Elwood St.

Phoenix, Arizona 85034 (USA)

ATTN: Customer Support

Phone: (602) 437-9620

Fax: (602) 437-4811

Any product returned to Radyne, Inc. for examination must be sent prepaid via the means of transportation

indicated as acceptable to Radyne, Inc. Return Authorization Number must be clearly marked on the

shipping label. Returned products or parts should be carefully packaged in the original container, if

possible, and unless otherwise indicated, shipped to the above address.

Non-Warranty Repair

When a product is returned for any reason, Customer and its shipping agency shall be responsible for all

damage resulting from improper packing and handling, and for loss in transit, not withstanding any defect or

nonconformity in the product. By returning a product, the owner grants Radyne, Inc. permission to open

and disassemble the product as required for evaluation. In all cases, Radyne, Inc. has sole responsibility

for determining the cause and nature of failure, and Radyne, Inc.’s determination with regard thereto shall

be final.

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Record of Revisions

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Universal Satellite

Installation and Operation Manual

TM051 – Record of Revisions

Radyne, Inc. is constantly improving its products and therefore the information in this document is

subject to change without prior notice. Radyne, Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to

this material, Including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a

particular purpose. No responsibility for any errors or omissions that may pertain to the material

herein is assumed. Radyne, Inc. makes no commitment to update nor to keep current the

information contained in this document. Radyne, Inc. assumes no responsibility for use of any

circuitry other than the circuitry employed in Radyne, Inc. systems and equipment.

Revision

Level

Date

Reason for Change

1.0

2.0

6-18-96

9-1-96

Initial Release.

Expanded Drop and Insert Section, updated menu trees and descriptions,

added Strap Code Table, updated Fault Menus, added UIO Interface

Settings, updated Specifications Section.

2.1

9-16-96

Added DMD15/DMD15L Terminal Screens (Appendix C), added Modem

Loopback Figures, expanded Principles of Operation Section, added IBS

Conditions and Faults Table, added new Universal Interface Illustrations and

pinout tables.

2.2

3.0

3.1

4.0

11-25-96

12-16-96

4-10-97

8-1-99

Expanded Drop and Insert Data and figures, added BER Curves, added

additional Interface Pinout Tables and descriptions.

Added Reed-Solomon Menu Tree enhancements, added Clocking Data

Definitions, minor rearrangements and clarifications.

Added additional Reed-Solomon Data, additional UIM Data, and minor

corrections to pinout tables.

Added AUPC data, new Menu Screens, L-Band Data, ESC Audio Data and

minor corrections

4.1

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

7-31-00

12-14-01

1-30-02

3-5-02

6-11-02

8-22-02

8-26-02

9-17-03

7-30-04

10-15-05

Added AGC Output Data on Table 2-5.

Revised and reformatted entire Technical Manual.

Removed Ethernet Port section.

Revised Sections 4.3.2, Mod Data (menu), and 4.3.3, Demod Data (menu).

Revised Section 1.1.12.

Revised Sections 7.0 and 7.1.

Added Modem Status pinouts to Section 5.0.

Updated user interface, added reacquisition description, updated RLLP.

Revised RLLP.

Revised Sections 4.0 & 5.0

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table of Contents

Section 1 – Introduction

1.0 Description _____________________________________________________ 1-1

1.1 DMD15/DMD15L Available Options __________________________________ 1-1

1.1.1 Internal High Stability ____________________________________________ 1-1

1.1.2 Reed-Solomon Codec ___________________________________________ 1-1

1.1.3 Turbo Codec __________________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.4 Drop and Insert (D&I)____________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.5 8PSK Modulation _______________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.6 OQPSK Modulation _____________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.7 16QAM Modulation______________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.8 Sequential Decoding ____________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.9 Earth Station-to-Earth Station (ES-ES) Communications ________________ 1-2

1.1.10 Analog AGC Voltage ___________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.11 Internal Engineering Service Channel (ESC)_________________________ 1-2

1.1.12 OM73 Compatible _____________________________________________ 1-2

1.1.13 Back Panel Options ____________________________________________ 1-3

1.1.14 Customized Options____________________________________________ 1-3

Section 2 – Installation

2.0 Installation Requirements __________________________________________ 2-1

2.1 Unpacking ______________________________________________________ 2-1

2.2 Removal and Assembly____________________________________________ 2-1

2.3 Mounting Considerations __________________________________________ 2-2

2.4 DMD15/DMD15L Initial Configuration Check ___________________________ 2-2

2.5 Modulator Checkout ______________________________________________ 2-3

2.5.1 Initial Power-Up ________________________________________________ 2-3

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

vii

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Section 3 – Operation

3.0 Theory of Operation ______________________________________________ 3-1

3.1 DMD15/DMD15L Functional Block Diagram____________________________ 3-1

3.2 Universal Interface Module (UIM) ____________________________________ 3-3

3.3 Synchronous Interface ____________________________________________ 3-4

3.4 G.703 Interface __________________________________________________ 3-4

3.5 Earth Station to Earth Station (ES-ES) Communications Port ______________ 3-5

(Async Port J9)______________________________________________________ 3-5

3.6 Terrestrial Loopback ______________________________________________ 3-5

3.7 Modem Status___________________________________________________ 3-5

3.8 Baseband Processor Card _________________________________________ 3-8

3.8.1 Baseband Processing ___________________________________________ 3-8

3.8.2 Tx Baseband Processing _________________________________________ 3-8

3.8.3 Rx Baseband Processing_________________________________________ 3-9

3.8.4 Clock Selection ________________________________________________ 3-9

3.9 Monitor & Control (M&C) Subsystem _________________________________ 3-9

3.9.1 Asynchronous Serial Port #1 ______________________________________ 3-9

3.9.2 Serial Port #2 __________________________________________________ 3-9

3.9.3 Serial Port #3 __________________________________________________ 3-9

3.9.4 Front Panel Interface ___________________________________________ 3-10

3.9.5 Clock _______________________________________________________ 3-10

3.9.6 Watchdog Timer_______________________________________________ 3-10

3.9.7 Program Flash ROM ___________________________________________ 3-10

3.9.8 RAM ________________________________________________________ 3-10

3.9.9 Non-Volatile RAM______________________________________________ 3-10

3.10 Universal Modem ______________________________________________ 3-10

3.10.1 Modulator ___________________________________________________ 3-10

3.10.2 Demodulator_________________________________________________ 3-11

3.11 DMD15/DMD15L Clocking Options_________________________________ 3-11

3.11.1 SCTE: Serial Clock Transmit External_____________________________ 3-11

3.11.2 SCT: Serial Clock Transmit _____________________________________ 3-11

3.11.4 EXT EXC: External Clock_______________________________________ 3-11

3.11.5 BNC EXC: BNC External Clock __________________________________ 3-11

3.11.6 BAL EXC: Balanced External Clock_______________________________ 3-11

3.11.7 IDI: Insert Data In_____________________________________________ 3-12

viii

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table of Contents

3.11.8 SCR: Serial Clock Receive _____________________________________ 3-12

3.11.9 EXT IF REF: External IF Reference_______________________________ 3-12

3.12 Transmit Timing _______________________________________________ 3-12

3.12.1 EXT CLK as TX Clock Source (RS-422 or V.35 Interface) _____________ 3-12

3.12.2 SCT or SCTE ________________________________________________ 3-12

3.12.3 G.703 Interface ______________________________________________ 3-12

3.13 Receive Timing ________________________________________________ 3-12

3.14 Loop Timing __________________________________________________ 3-13

3.14.1 Transmit (RS-422 or V.35 Interface) ______________________________ 3-13

3.14.2 G.703 Interface or Asymmetrical Data Rates _______________________ 3-13

3.14.3 Receive ____________________________________________________ 3-13

3.15 Drop and Insert (D&I) ___________________________________________ 3-13

3.15.1 Drop Only___________________________________________________ 3-15

3.15.2 Insert Only __________________________________________________ 3-15

3.16 Mode Selection ________________________________________________ 3-16

3.16.1 PCM-30 ____________________________________________________ 3-16

3.16.2 PCM-30C ___________________________________________________ 3-16

3.16.3 PCM-31 ____________________________________________________ 3-16

3.16.4 PCM-31C ___________________________________________________ 3-17

3.16.5 T1-D4/T1-D4-S_______________________________________________ 3-17

3.16.6 T1-ESF/ T1-ESF-S____________________________________________ 3-17

3.16.7 SLC-96_____________________________________________________ 3-17

3.17 Multidestinational Systems _______________________________________ 3-17

3.17 Drop and Insert Mapping_________________________________________ 3-18

3.18 Reed-Solomon Codec (Refer to Figures 3-14, 3-15, and Table 3-1) _______ 3-20

3.18.1 Operation in the DMD15/DMD15L ________________________________ 3-20

3.18.2 Reed-Solomon Code Rate______________________________________ 3-20

3.18.3 Interleaving__________________________________________________ 3-20

3.19 DMD15 Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC Operation) _____________ 3-22

3.20 DMD15 Asynchronous Overhead Operation__________________________ 3-24

3.20.1 Asynchronous Framing/Multiplexer Capability_______________________ 3-24

3.21 Standard IBS Mode_____________________________________________ 3-26

3.22 Asynchronous Multiplexer Mode __________________________________ 3-26

3.23 ESC Backward Alarms __________________________________________ 3-26

3.23.1 To Disable the ESC Backward Alarms_____________________________ 3-27

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.24 Reacquisition__________________________________________________ 3-27

Section 4 – User Interfaces

4.0 User Interfaces __________________________________________________ 4-1

4.1 Front Panel User Interface _________________________________________ 4-1

4.1.1 LCD Front Panel Display _________________________________________ 4-2

4.1.2 Cursor Control Arrow Keys _______________________________________ 4-2

4.1.3 Numeric Keypad________________________________________________ 4-2

4.1.4 Front Panel LED Indicators _______________________________________ 4-3

4.2 Parameter Setup_________________________________________________ 4-3

4.3 Front Panel Control Screen Menus___________________________________ 4-4

4.3.1 Main Menus ___________________________________________________ 4-4

4.3.2 Modulator Menu Options and Parameters ____________________________ 4-4

4.3.3 Demodulator Menu Options and Parameters__________________________ 4-8

4.3.4 Interface Menu Options and Parameters____________________________ 4-11

4.3.5 AUPC Menu Options and Parameters ______________________________ 4-14

4.3.6 Monitor Menu Options and Parameters _____________________________ 4-16

4.3.7 Alarms Menu Options and Parameters _____________________________ 4-17

4.3.8 System Menu Options and Parameters _____________________________ 4-24

4.3.9 Test Menu Options and Parameters _______________________________ 4-25

4.4 DMD15/DMD15L Strap Codes _____________________________________ 4-26

4.5 Sample DMD15/DMD15L Applications _______________________________ 4-30

4.5.1 Operational Case Examples _____________________________________ 4-31

4.6 Configuring the DMD15/DMD15L for Drop and Insert ___________________ 4-34

4.6.1 Data Rate____________________________________________________ 4-34

4.6.2 Operational Mode______________________________________________ 4-35

4.6.3 Terrestrial Framing - Drop Mode/Insert Mode ________________________ 4-35

4.6.3.1 Insert Terrestrial Frame Source _________________________________ 4-35

4.6.4 D&I Sample Configurations and D&I Clock Setup Options ______________ 4-36

4.7 D&I Maps and Map Editing ________________________________________ 4-40

4.8 Terminal Mode Control ___________________________________________ 4-43

4.8.1 Modem Terminal Mode Control ___________________________________ 4-43

4.8.2 Modem Setup for Terminal Mode__________________________________ 4-43

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table of Contents

Section 5 – Electrical Interfaces

5.0 DMD15/DMD15L Connections ______________________________________ 5-1

5.1 Power Inputs ____________________________________________________ 5-2

5.1.1 AC Power Input Module __________________________________________ 5-2

5.1.2 DC Power Input Module__________________________________________ 5-2

5.2 TX (J1) ________________________________________________________ 5-3

5.3 RX (J2) ________________________________________________________ 5-3

5.4 SD (J3) ________________________________________________________ 5-3

5.5 DDO (J4)_______________________________________________________ 5-3

5.6 IDI EXC (J5) ____________________________________________________ 5-3

5.7 EXT CLK (J5) – Synchronous Interface Only ___________________________ 5-3

5.8 RD (J6) ________________________________________________________ 5-3

5.9 G.703 (J7) ______________________________________________________ 5-3

5.10 SYNC DATA (J8) _______________________________________________ 5-4

5.11 ASYNC (J9)____________________________________________________ 5-5

5.11 STATUS (J11)__________________________________________________ 5-6

5.13 TERMINAL (J12)________________________________________________ 5-7

5.14 REMOTE (J13) _________________________________________________ 5-7

5.15 ESC 8K DATA (J15) _____________________________________________ 5-8

5.16 ESC VOICE (J16) _______________________________________________ 5-9

5.17 ESC ALARMS (J17) _____________________________________________ 5-9

5.18 SWITCH (J18)_________________________________________________ 5-10

Section 6 – Maintenance

6.0 Periodic Maintenance _____________________________________________ 6-1

6.1 Troubleshooting _________________________________________________ 6-1

6.2 DMD15/DMD15L Fault Philosophy ___________________________________ 6-1

6.2.1 Alarm Masks __________________________________________________ 6-2

6.2.2 Active Alarms __________________________________________________ 6-2

6.2.2.1 Major Alarms_________________________________________________ 6-2

6.2.2.2 Minor Alarms_________________________________________________ 6-2

6.2.2.3 Latched Alarms _______________________________________________ 6-2

6.3 DMD15/DMD15L Fault Tree Matrices_________________________________ 6-2

6.3.1 Interpreting the Matrices _________________________________________ 6-4

6.3.2 IBS Fault Conditions and Actions___________________________________ 6-4

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Section 7 – Technical Specifications

7.0 Modulator Specifications___________________________________________ 7-1

7.1 Demodulator Specifications ________________________________________ 7-1

7.2 Plesiochronous Buffer_____________________________________________ 7-2

7.3 Monitor and Control_______________________________________________ 7-2

7.4 DMD15/DMD15L Drop and Insert (Optional) ___________________________ 7-2

7.5 Terrestrial Interfaces______________________________________________ 7-3

7.6 Universal Interface _______________________________________________ 7-3

7.7 Environmental ___________________________________________________ 7-3

7.8 Physical________________________________________________________ 7-3

7.9 DMD15 Data Rate Limits __________________________________________ 7-4

7.10 DMD15 BER Specifications________________________________________ 7-5

Section 8 – Appendices

Appendix A – Reed-Solomon Codes _____________________________________ A-1

Glossary __________________________________________________________G-1

xii

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Introduction

Section 1 – Introduction

1.0 Description

The Radyn, Inc. DMD15/DMD15L Satellite Modem (Figure 1-1) offers the best features of a

sophisticated programmable IBS/IDR and Closed Network Modem, at an affordable price.

This versatile equipment package combines unsurpassed performance with numerous user-

friendly Front Panel Programmable Functions. The DMD15/DMD15L provides selectable

functions for different services: Intelsat IDR and IBS, as well as closed networks. All of the

configuration and Monitor and Control (M&C) Functions are available at the Front Panel.

Operating parameters, such as variable data rates, FEC Code Rate, modulation type, IF

frequencies, IBS/IDR Framing and interface type can be readily set and changed at the Front

Panel by earth station operations personnel. Additionally, all functions can be accessed with a

terminal or personal computer via a serial link for complete remote monitoring and control

capability.

The DMD15/DMD15L operates at all standard IBS and IDR Data Rates up to 8.448 Mbps.

Selection of any data rate is provided over the range of 9.6 Kbps to 10 Mbps in 1 bps steps.

For applications requiring system redundancy, the DMD15/DMD15L Modem may be used with the

Radyne , Inc. RCS11 1:1 Redundancy Switch or the RCS20 M:N (N < 9) Redundancy Switch. An

optional Internal Engineering Service Channel Unit is available to provide voice, data, and alarms

for Intelsat IDR applications.

A full range of Industry Standard Interfaces is available for the DMD15/DMD15L. Interface types

are selectable from V.35, RS-232, RS-422/449 and ITU G.703.

Figure 1-1. DMD15/DMD15L Universal Satellite Modem Front Panel

1.1 DMD15/DMD15L Available Options

A wide range of options is available for the DMD15/DMD15L Satellite Modem.

1.1.1 Internal High Stability

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with a 1x10^-7or better Stability Frequency Reference as

an add-on enhancement.

1.1.2 Reed-Solomon Codec

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with a Reed-Solomon (R-S) Outer Codec with an

interleaver as an optional add-on enhancement. The encoder and decoder are completely

independent and meet the IESS-308/309/310 specification. Once prepped, this option can be

installed in the field by installing five ICs into existing sockets. The DMD15/DMD15L must be

prepped for this option.

Note: Custom Reed-Solomon codes are also available.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

1-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Introduction

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

1.1.3 Turbo Codec

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with an optional Turbo Codec Outer Code. This option

must be installed at the factory.

1.1.4 Drop and Insert (D&I)

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with a D&I Interface as an add-on enhancement. This

option can be added in the field by installing one IC into an existing socket. The D&I Functions

are completely independent and can be programmed for n x 64 blocks for either a T1 or E1 Data

Stream.

1.1.5 8PSK Modulation

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with 8PSK Modulation/Demodulation capability as an add-

on option. The 8PSK Option can be added by installing 2 ICs into existing sockets.

1.1.6 OQPSK Modulation

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with an OQPSK modulation/demodulation capability as an

add-on option. The option can be added in the field by installing one IC into an existing socket.

1.1.7 16QAM Modulation

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with a 16QAM Modulation/Demodulation capability as an

add-on option. The 16QAM option can be added by installing 2 ICs into existing sockets.

1.1.8 Sequential Decoding

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with a sequential decoding option that can be installed as

an add-on option. The DMD15/DMD15L must be prepped for this option in the factory. Once

prepped, the option can be added by installing 3 ICs into existing sockets. Sequential

Encoding/Decoding can operate with 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8 Rates, up to data rates of 2.048 Mbps.

1.1.9 Earth Station-to-Earth Station (ES-ES) Communications

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with an asynchronous overhead channel capability as an

add-on option. The option can be added in the field by installing 2 ICs into existing sockets. The

overhead channel is proportional to the data rate (2,400 baud per 64 KB) up to a maximum of

19.2 Kbaud.

1.1.10 Analog AGC Voltage

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped at the factory to produce an analog voltage equivalent to

its AGC for use in antenna controllers.

1.1.11 Internal Engineering Service Channel (ESC)

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with an internal ESC. This unit is a card on the Universal

Interface Module (UIM). The DMD15/DMD15L can be updated with an ESC capable UIM in the

field with no other changes required.

1.1.12 OM73 Compatible

1-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Introduction

The DMD15/DMD15L can be equipped with an optional OM73 scrambler at the customer’s

request. This option must be prepped at the factory. Once installed, selection of the OM73

Scrambler/Descrambler will automatically invert the baseband data on the Modulator/Demodulator

respectively. This configuration is required to run compatible with the OM73 Modem.

1.1.13 Back Panel Options

The DMD15/DMD15L has several optional Interface Modules available (refer to Figures 5-1

through 5-5). These include:

Universal Interface Module w/ ESC

G.703 Interface Module w/ESC

G.703 Interface Module

Universal Interface Module

Synchronous Interface Module

These Interface Modules are available with AC or DC Power Input Modules and the following

Transmit and Receive schemes.

IF Transmit and Receive

L-Band Transmit and Receive

IF Transmit, L-Band Receive

IF Receive Only

L-Band Receive Only

1.1.14 Customized Options

The DMD15/DMD15L may be customized for specific customer requirements. Most modifications

or customization can be accomplished by means of firmware/software modifications.

The following are examples of the types of customization available to the user:

Customized Data Rates.

Customized Scrambler/Descramblers.

Customized Overhead Framing Structures.

Customized Modulation Formats.

Customized Uses for the Earth Station-to-Earth Station (ES-ES) Overhead Channel.

Contact the Radyne , Inc. Customer Service or Sales Department at (602) 437-9620 for all

requests.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

1-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Installation

Section 2 – Installation

2.0 Installation Requirements

The DMD15/DMD15L Modem is designed to be installed within any standard 19-inch wide

equipment cabinet or rack, and requires one rack unit (RU) of mounting space (1.75 inches)

vertically and 21 inches of depth. Including cabling, a minimum of 23 inches of rack depth is

required. The rear panel of the DMD15/DMD15L is designed to have power enter from the right

and IF Cabling enter from the left when viewed from the rear of the modem. Data and control

cabling can enter from either side although they are closer to the right. The unit can be placed on

a table or suitable surface if required.

There are no user-serviceable parts or configuration settings located inside

the DMD15/DMD15L Chassis. There is a potential shock hazard internally at

the power supply module. DO NOT open the DMD15/DMD15L Chassis

under any circumstances.

Before initially applying power to the unit, it is a good idea to disconnect

the transmit output from the operating ground station equipment. This is

especially true if the current DMD15/DMD15L configuration settings are

unknown, where incorrect settings could disrupt existing communications

traffic.

2.1 Unpacking

The DMD15/DMD15L Modem was carefully packaged to avoid damage and should arrive

complete with the following items for proper installation:

DMD15/DMD15L Modem Unit.

Power Cord, 6-foot with applicable AC Connector.

Installation and Operation Manual.

2.2 Removal and Assembly

Carefully unpack the unit and ensure that all of the above items are in the carton. If the Prime AC

power available at the installation site requires a different Power Cord/AC Connector, then

arrangements to receive the proper device will be necessary before proceeding with the

installation.

The DMD15/DMD15L Modem Unit is shipped fully assembled and does not require removal of the

covers for any purpose in installation. The only replaceable assembly in the unit is the Universal

Interface Module (UIM).

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

2-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Installation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Always ensure that power is removed from the DMD15/DMD15L before

removing or installing a UIM. Failure to do so may cause damage to the

equipment.

Should the Power Cable/AC Connector be of the wrong type for the installation, either the cable or

the power connector end should be replaced. The power supply itself is designed for universal

application using from 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz, 1.0 A.

2.3 Mounting Considerations

When mounted in an equipment rack, adequate ventilation must be provided. The ambient

temperature in the rack should preferably be between 10° and 35° C, and held constant for best

equipment operation. The air available to the rack should be clean and relatively dry. The

modem units may be stacked one on top of the other to a maximum of 10 consecutive units

before providing one RU of space for airflow. Modem units should not be placed immediately

above a high heat or EMF Generator to ensure the output signal integrity and proper receive

operation.

Do not mount the DMD15/DMD15L in an unprotected outdoor location where there is direct

contact with rain, snow, wind or sun. The modem is designed for indoor applications only. The

only tools required for rack mounting the DMD15/DMD15L is a set of four rack-mounting screws

and the appropriate screwdriver. Rack mounting brackets are an integral part of the cast front

bezel of the unit and are not removable.

2.4 DMD15/DMD15L Initial Configuration Check

The DMD15/DMD15L is shipped from the factory with preset factory defaults. Upon initial power-

up, a user check should be performed to verify the shipped modem configuration. Refer to

Section 4, User Interfaces to locate and verify that the following configuration settings are correct:

The DMD15/DMD15L Interface Type (V.35, RS-422, RS-232, G.703, etc.)

MUST be selected from the Front Panel BEFORE the mating connectors are

installed. Failure to do so may cause damage to the Universal Interface

Module. Power up the DMD15/DMD15L, select the appropriate interface

type, and then install the mating connectors.

Note: Transmit (Tx) and Receive (Rx) Interface types are dependent upon the customer’s

order.

2-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Installation

Standard DMD15/DMD15L Factory Configuration Settings

Modulator:

Data Rate:

Mode:

Forward Error Correction:

Modulation:

2.048 Mbps

Closed Network

1/2 Rate Viterbi

QPSK

Frequency:

70.000000 MHz

Note: The above modem configuration can be set by implementing Strap Code 26.

Refer to Table 3-1 for an explanation and tabular listing of available Strap Codes.

Modulator Output Power:

-20 dBm

Demodulator:

Data Rate:

Mode:

Forward Error Correction:

Frequency:

2.048 Mbps

Closed Network

1/2 Rate Viterbi

70.000000 MHz

To lock up the modem, enter ‘IF Loopback Enable’ under the Test menu, or connect a Loopback

Cable from J1 to J2 on the rear panel of the modem.

2.5 Modulator Checkout

The following descriptions assume that the DMD15/DMD15L is installed in a suitable location with

prime AC power and supporting equipment available.

2.5.1 Initial Power-Up

Before initial power up of the DMD15/DMD15L, it is a good idea to

disconnect the transmit output from the operating ground station

equipment. This is especially true if the current Modulator Configuration

Settings are unknown, where incorrect settings could disrupt the existing

communications traffic. New units from the factory are normally shipped in

a default configuration which includes setting the transmit carrier off.

Turn on the unit by placing the Rear Panel Switch (located above the power entry connector) to

the ‘ON’ position. Upon initial and subsequent power-ups, the DMD15/DMD15L Microprocessor

will test itself and several of its components before beginning its Main Monitor/Control Program.

These power-up diagnostics show no results if successful. If a failure is detected, the Fault LED

will illuminate.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

2-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Installation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

The initial field checkout of the modem can be accomplished from the Front Panel or in the

Terminal Mode. The Terminal Mode has the advantage of providing full screen access to all of

the modem’s parameters, but requires a separate terminal or computer running a Terminal

Program. The unit is placed into terminal mode by setting two options via the Front Panel. The

two options are the Term Baud and Emulation settings found under the System M&C Submenus.

Terminal Setup:

Baud Rate:

Data Bits:

Parity:

19.2 K (Can be changed via Front Panel)

No Parity (Fixed)

1 Stop Bit

Stop Bits:

2-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

Section 3 – Operation

3.0 Theory of Operation

The DMD15/DMD15L is designed in three major sections: Universal Interface, Baseband

Processing, and Universal Modem.

3.1 DMD15/DMD15L Functional Block Diagram

Figures 3-1a through 3-1c represent the DMD15/DMD15L Functional Blocks. The modem is

shown in a typical application with customer data, Tx/Rx RF equipment and an antenna.

Figure 3-1a. DMD15/DMD15L Universal Satellite Modem Functional Block Diagram

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-1b (Alternate 1). DMD15/DMD15L Universal Satellite Modem Functional Block

Diagram

Figure 3-1c (Alternate 2). DMD15/DMD15L Universal Satellite Modem Functional Block

Diagram

3-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.2 Universal Interface Module (UIM)

The Universal Interface Module (UIM) is a field-replaceable module that plugs into the rear of the

DMD15/DMD15L. The UIM provides the interconnection points (J3 - J8) for Terrestrial Data and

Clock to the Modem. The UIM also contains a Connection Port for an Asynchronous Data

Channel (J9) for use in Earth Station-to-Earth Station (ES-ES) communications. Additionally, the

UIM provides connection points (J11) for Form-C modem Status Relays. An illustration of two

versions of the UIM is shown in Figure 3-2, and Functional Block Diagrams are shown in

Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-2. Universal Interface Modules (UIM) Dip Switch Settings

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-3. Universal Interface Modules (UIM) Functional Block Diagram

3.3 Synchronous Interface

Synchronous Tx Data and Clock enters the UIM and is routed to either the RS-422, RS-232, or

V.35 Receiver as the selected M&C Processor. The signals are then converted to an RS-422

balanced format and sent to the Baseband (BB) Processor Card. Receive Data from the BB

Processor Card undergoes the reverse process where it is converted from RS-422 Balanced

format and routed to the RS-422 or V.35 Drivers.

3.4 G.703 Interface

Either Balanced or Unbalanced G.703 Data is routed from the ‘Send Data In’ Connections to the

G.703 Receiver. The G.703 Receiver recovers a clock from the data stream, converts the clock

and data to an RS-422 balanced format, and routes the clock and data to the BB Processor. The

reverse process is performed on the Receive Data Stream where the G.703 Data exits the

modem at the ‘Receive Data Out’ Connection. The G.703 Interface is designed to operate at the

following data rates:

T1 (1.544 Mbps)

E1 (2.048 Mbps)

T2 (6.312 Mbps)

E2 (8.448 Mbps)

Additionally, the line code is selected when the interface type is selected with the exception that

T1 may use B8ZS or AMI as selected at the Front Panel.

The G.703 Interface also contains two additional ports that can operate at T1 or E1 that provides

a four port D&I Interface. The ‘Drop Data Out’ Port provides an unaltered Send Data Output that

can be used for daisy chaining additional systems. On the receive side, a T1 or E1 Data Stream

3-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

can be connected to the ‘Insert Data In’ Port where received data will overwrite ‘dropped on’ the

T1/E1 Data Stream. The modified T1/E1 Data Stream will then exit the modem out of the

‘Receive Data Out’ Port.

3.5 Earth Station to Earth Station (ES-ES) Communications Port

(Async Port J9)

The UIM contains a selectable RS-232, or RS-485 Asynchronous Communications Port for Earth-

Station-to-Earth-Station Communications. The data is routed from the 9-Pin “D” Connector J9 to

one of the M&C Processor UARTS on the Baseband Processor Card. The baud rate and protocol

can be selected from the Front Panel.

3.6 Terrestrial Loopback

The UIM also provides for terrestrial loopback. For Tx Terr Loopback, Tx Data, after passing

through the Line Interface is looped back to the Rx Data line drivers. For RX Terr Loopback, the

Receive Data from the satellite is looped back for retransmission to the satellite providing a far

end loopback. Tx/Rx Loopback provides both loopbacks simultaneously. Refer to Figures 3-4

through 3-6 for loopback functional block diagrams.

3.7 Modem Status

The UIM provides several status indications, which are controlled by the M&C Processor.

Form-C Contacts:

The UIM provides three Form-C Relays under processor control that appear at J11.

Mod Fault:

De-energized when any transmit side fault is detected.

De-energized when any receive side fault is detected.

Demod Fault:

Common Fault:

De-energized when any fault that is not explicitly a Tx or

Rx Fault such as an M&C or Power Supply Fault.

Open Collector Faults:

The UIM provides two Open Collector Faults that appear at Pins 28 & 10 on J8.

Mod Fault:

Will sink up to 20 ma (maximum) until a transmit or

common fault is detected. Will not sink current if a fault

is detected.

Demod Fault:

Will sink up to 20 ma (maximum) until a receive or

common fault is detected. Will not sink current if a fault

is detected.

The open collector faults are intended for use in redundancy switch applications in order to

provide quick status indications.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-4. Loopback Functional Block Diagram

3-6

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

Figure 3-5. Loopback Functional Block Diagram

Figure 3-6. Loopback Functional Block Diagram

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.8 Baseband Processor Card

The Baseband Processor Card (BB Card) contains two major subsystems⎯the Baseband

Processing System and the Monitor and Control Subsystem.

3.8.1 Baseband Processing

The Baseband Processor performs all of the functions required for an IBS/IDR Framing Unit, a

Reed-Solomon Codec, an E1/T1 Drop and Insert System and a Turbo Codec. In addition, the

Baseband Processing Section provides for Transmit clock selection and rate adaptation as well as

a rate adapter and Plesiochronous/Doppler (PD) Buffer in the receive direction. A multiplexer is

also provided for the SCT Clock Source for Loop Timing Applications. The transmit and receive

paths may be configured independently under processor control.

3.8.2 Tx Baseband Processing

As shown in Figure 3-7, the Tx Data and Clock enters the Baseband Processor, passes through a

Rate Adapting FIFO and enters the Framer/Drop Processor. In Closed-Net Mode, the data

passes through the framer unaltered. In IDR, IBS, and D&I Modes, the framer adds the

appropriate framing and ESC as defined in IESS-308 and 309. In D&I Mode, the framer acquires

the terrestrial framing structure, E1 or T1, and synchronizes the Drop Processor. The Drop

Processor extracts the desired time slots from the terrestrial data stream and feeds these

channels back to the framer. The framer then places the ‘dropped’ terrestrial time slots into the

desired satellite channel slots. The data is then sent to the Reed-Solomon Encoder.

The Reed-Solomon Encoder, if engaged, is designed as an installable option that encodes the

data into Reed-Solomon Blocks. The blocks are interleaved and synchronized to the frame

pattern as defined in IESS-308 and IESS-309. After Reed-Solomon Encoding, the composite

data and clock are applied to the BB Loopback Circuit.

Figure 3-7. DMD15/DMD15L Clock Logic

3-8

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.8.3 Rx Baseband Processing

The Receive Processor performs the inverse function of the Tx Processor. Data received from

the satellite passes through the BB Loopback Circuit to the Reed-Solomon Decoder to the

Deframer. The Deframer acquires the IBS/IDR frame, synchronizes the Reed-Solomon Decoder

and extracts the received data and overhead from the frame structure, placing the data into the

PD Buffer, sending the overhead data to the UIM. In Closed-Net Mode, the data is extracted from

the buffer and is sent to the UIM. Backward Alarm indications are sent to the M&C Subsystem.

In Drop and Insert Mode, the Insert Processor synchronizes to the incoming terrestrial T1/E1 Data

Stream, extracts satellite channels from the PD Buffer, and then inserts them into the desired

terrestrial time slots in the T1/E1 Data Stream.

3.8.4 Clock Selection

Both the Tx Clock and the Buffer Clock source may be independently locked to one of the

following:

SCT (Internal Oscillator)

SCTE (External Tx Terrestrial Clock)

EXC clock (External Clock Source)

Rx Satellite Clock (Loop Timing)

Additionally, for loop timing applications the SCT Clock Source can be selected to be Rx Satellite

Clock.

3.9 Monitor & Control (M&C) Subsystem

Also contained on the BB Card is the M&C Subsystem. The M&C contains a high-performance

Motorola 68302 Microprocessor and is responsible for overall command and control of modem

functions. The M&C is constantly monitoring all subsystems of the modem by performing a

periodic poll routine and configures the modem by responding to commands input to the system.

During each poll cycle, the status of each of the subsystems is collected and reported to each of

the external ports and Front Panel. Performance statistics such as E_b/N_o, buffer fill %, etc. are

compiled. If faults are detected, the M&C will take appropriate actions to minimize the effect of

such faults on the system (Refer to the Fault Matrices in the Section 6 (Maintenance) of this

manual).

The M&C subsystem contains the following features:

3.9.1 Asynchronous Serial Port #1

This port is dedicated to the Terminal Program. With this program, all features of the modem may

be controlled and monitored by any common terminal connected to the Terminal Port.

3.9.2 Serial Port #2

This port is dedicated to the Modem Remote Port. This port may be configured to support a

number of synchronous or asynchronous protocols such as HDLC, and RS-485. This port is

intended for use in computer-based remote M&C. All functions of the modem may be monitored

and controlled from this port.

3.9.3 Serial Port #3

This port is dedicated for ES-ES Communications. The port may be configured for a number of

communications protocols. Overhead data to/from the UIM is routed to/from the framer/deframer.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.9.4 Front Panel Interface

The M&C operates the Front Panel, which includes a 2 x 12 backlit LCD, Indicator LEDs, and a

Numeric Keypad.

3.9.5 Clock

The time and date is kept in order to ‘time-tag’ system events.

3.9.6 Watchdog Timer

The Watchdog Timer monitors the health of the M&C Subsystem.

3.9.7 Program Flash ROM

The 512K of reprogrammable program ROM (expandable to 1 MB) is available to the M&C.

3.9.8 RAM

128K RAM (expandable to 512K)

3.9.9 Non-Volatile RAM

8K of Non-Volatile RAM (expandable to 32K) is provided in order to hold the modems current

configuration. In the case of power interruption, the M&C will reconfigure the modem identically to

the state before power was lost.

3.10 Universal Modem

The Universal Modem (UM) Card contains a complete variable rate modulator/demodulator

intended for satellite communications. The UM utilizes the latest digital technology for high

reliability and versatility. The modulator and demodulator sections may be configured

independently under processor control. The UM includes a duaL-Band 70/140 MHz IF, QAM

Modulator/Phase Lock Receiver, Convolutional Encoder/Viterbi Decoder, sequential decoding

option, Differential Encoder/Decoder, and a V.35 Scrambler/Descrambler.

3.10.1 Modulator

Processed baseband data ready for transmission enters the modulator and undergoes, if the

functions have been enabled, V.35 Scrambling and Differential Encoding. The data then

undergoes convolutional encoding and is fed to the Dual Variable Interpolating FIR Filter. The FIR

Filter shapes the data waveform to a predefined spectral mask and vectorizes the data for

mapping into a PSK Constellation. The data is then converted to an analog waveform and is

vector modulated onto an RF Carrier produced from the Transmit IF Synthesizer Circuitry. The

final output is then fed to the IF Loopback Circuitry where under microprocessor control the

Transmit Signal may be routed to the demodulator. Due to its nearly complete digital

implementation, the modulator is capable of performing virtually any modulation format, and can

produce almost any desired spectral mask. The modulator also houses the SCT and Reference

Oscillators. The Reference Oscillator provides the frequency standard for both the modulator and

demodulator. An external reference may also be selected. In this case, the Reference Oscillator

is locked to the external reference.

3-10

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.10.2 Demodulator

The demodulator performs a complete digital implementation of a Variable-Rate Phase-Lock

Satellite Receiver utilizing state-of-the-art digital signal processing techniques. The demodulator

is capable of receiving nearly any modulation format. Signals enter the demodulator, are

converted to baseband, split into ‘I’ In-Phase and ‘Q’ Quadrature Channels and digitized. The

digitized I and Q Channels are then applied to a decimating FIR Matched Filter. After filtering, the

signal is demodulated using a Costas Loop for recovery of the carrier and a clock recovery loop

for recovery of bit timing. The demodulated data is then fed to a 1650 Viterbi Decoder, or

Sequential Decoder if the option is installed. After decoding, the data is differentially decoded and

descrambled.

3.11 DMD15/DMD15L Clocking Options

The following paragraphs define the types of clocking options available to the user at the Front

Panel of the DMD15/DMD15L:

3.11.1 SCTE: Serial Clock Transmit External

This clock is the Transmit Terrestrial Clock associated with the interface. With the G.703

Interface selected, SCTE is the clock that is recovered from the G.703 data stream. SCTE is

sometimes referred to as Tx Terrestrial Timing and for Synchronous Interfaces such as RS-422,

SCTE is sometimes referred to as TT (Terminal Timing).

3.11.2 SCT: Serial Clock Transmit

This clock is an internally generated clock that is output from the modem. The clock is generally

used by the Terrestrial Terminal equipment for clocking the transmit data. The frequency of the

clock is set the same as the Transmit Terrestrial Clock rate if internal is selected, or is the receive

clock from the Demodulator if SCR is selected. SCT is sometimes referred to as Internal Timing

or ST (Send Timing).

3.11.4 EXT EXC: External Clock

This is an independent clock source. This clock is most often used if there is a station master

clock. The EXT EXC can be selected, in the Interface/General Menu, to be balanced, bnc exc,

sys rcs10, or IDI. IDI is used ONLY for D&I cases where external framing is selected. In this

case the EXT EXC must be set to IDI where the Receive Buffer Clock is derived from the external

Receive T1 or E1 Trunk.

3.11.5 BNC EXC: BNC External Clock

Unbalanced external clock input into BNC Connector J5.

Clock specification:

Frequency:

Level:

1 MHz – 10 MHz in 40 kHz steps

0.5 Vp-p – 5 Vp-p

3.11.6 BAL EXC: Balanced External Clock

This clock is input into J8-15-33, J7-7-8, or J18-13-47; all connectors are wired together for this

clock and so only one connector pair should be driven at one time. The clock must meet RS-422

levels.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.11.7 IDI: Insert Data In

This clock source is only used as an external frame source selected in D&I Mode. If External

Frame Source is selected, then IDI must be selected for the buffer clock. For this case, a

Receive T1/E1 Trunk is input into J5 and a buffer clock is derived.

3.11.8 SCR: Serial Clock Receive

This Receive Clock is recovered from the satellite’s receive signal from the satellite. SCR is

sometimes referred to as Receive Clock, Satellite Clock, or as RT (Receive Timing).

3.11.9 EXT IF REF: External IF Reference

This is not actually a clock, but does have some clocking implications. When the external

reference is used, the master oscillator within the DMD15/DMD15L is locked to the external

reference, and the internal accuracy and stability of the DMD15/DMD15L assumes that of the

External Reference. Therefore, not only are the transmit and receive frequencies of the

DMD15/DMD15L locked to the external reference, but the modem’s internal SCT Oscillator is

locked to the external reference as well.

3.12 Transmit Timing

As shown in Figure 3-7, Transmit Terrestrial Data enters the modem and is clocked into a Dejitter

FIFO. Data is clocked out of the FIFO by the Modulator Clock. The Modulator Clock and Phase-

Locked Loop (PLL), in conjunction with the Dejitter FIFO, reduces the input jitter. Jitter reduction

exceeds the jitter transfer specified in CCITT G.821.

3.12.1 EXT CLK as TX Clock Source (RS-422 or V.35 Interface)

Data must be clocked into the modem by either the SCTE or SCT Source. If EXT CLK is selected

as the Tx Clock Source, then SCTE must be supplied to the modem. The output of the dejitter

buffer will be clocked with EXT CLK. This case should only be used if SCTE has excessive jitter

and will degrade link performance.

3.12.2 SCT or SCTE

If SCT is selected, then only data that is synchronous to the SCT Clock is required to be supplied

to the modem. It is intended for the terminal equipment to use the SCT as its clock source. The

Autophase Circuit will automatically ensure that the data is clocked correctly into the modem.

Therefore, a return clock is not necessary. The Clock Polarity should be set to AUTO.

If SCTE is selected, then SCTE must be supplied to the modem. The Clock Polarity should be

set to AUTO.

3.12.3 G.703 Interface

If the G.703 Interface is selected, then the Tx Clock Source must be set to SCTE and the Clock

Polarity should be set to AUTO.

3.13 Receive Timing

Any of the clocking selections, SCTE, SCT, EXT CLK, or RxSat (SCR) may be selected as the

Buffer Clock. Data will be clocked out of the buffer at the data rate synchronous to the selected

clock source.

3-12

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.14 Loop Timing

If loop timing is desired (i.e.; the modem timing is slaved to the far end master station), the

modem clocks can be configured as follows:

3.14.1 Transmit (RS-422 or V.35 Interface)

Set SCT Source to ‘SCR’. The Tx Terminal Equipment must clock the TX Data with the SCT

Clock and return data and SCTE (Optional). If SCTE is returned to the modem from the terminal

equipment, set TX CLK to SCTE. If SCTE is not returned to the modem, set TX CLK to SCT.

The TX CLK PHASE should be set to AUTO.

3.14.2 G.703 Interface or Asymmetrical Data Rates

Loop timing with a G.703 Interface or Asymmetrical Data Rates requires external equipment at

the remote end that is capable of using the recovered RD Clock as source timing for (SCTE) SD.

The modem will not manipulate the clock frequency. Therefore, the transmit and receive clock

rates must be equal in order for the modem to perform loop timing.

3.14.3 Receive

Select the Buffer clock to RxSAT (SCR).

3.15 Drop and Insert (D&I)

The Radyne DMD15/DMD15L Drop and Insert (D&I) Function provides an interface between a full

T1 or E1 Trunk whose framing is specified in CCITT G.704 and a fractional Nx64 Kbps Satellite

Channel that conforms to the IBS and small IDR Framing Structures. The Drop function allows

the user to select the terrestrial T1 or E1 timeslots that are to be dropped off for transmission over

the link in the specified satellite channels.

The Insert function allows the user to select the T1 or E1 timeslots into which the received satellite

channels are to be inserted. The two functions are completely independent allowing maximum

flexibility in choosing configurations. The four-port G.703 Interface allows one or more modems to

be looped together using the same T1 or E1 trunk.

The Transmit Data Trunk is brought into the modem via the Send Data In (SDI) Port. From there,

the TX Baseband Processor extracts the selected timeslots from the G.704 Frame and prepares

them for transmission. The original trunk data is sent out of the modem unaltered via the Send

Data Out (SDO) Port. The Receive Data Trunk is brought into the modem via the Insert Data In

(IDI) Port. The data is buffered inside the modem and the RX Baseband Processor inserts

satellite data into the selected timeslots in the G.704 Frame. The modified terrestrial trunk is then

output via the Receive Data Out (RDO) Port.

Figure 3-8 shows two modems looped together. This configuration could be simplified to just use

one modem, or extended to use more than two modems. Figure 3-9 shows an alternative method

of looping where all of the drop (transmit) data is processed prior to performing any insert

(receive) processing. In both configurations, the terrestrial trunk is providing the timing for the

satellite transmission and for the terrestrial receive.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-8. Looped Modems

Figure 3-9. Looped Modems with Separate D&I Trunks

3-14

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.15.1 Drop Only

When Drop is enabled and Insert is disabled, the DMD15/DMD15L performs a drop-only function.

Framed E1 or T1 Data is input via the Send Data In Port, the selected timeslots are dropped into

the IBS frame structure, and the unaltered terrestrial data is output via the Send Data Out Port

(refer to Figure 3-10).

Figure 3-10. Drop Only

3.15.2 Insert Only

When Insert is enabled and Drop is disabled, the DMD15/DMD15L performs an insert-only

function. If framed terrestrial E1 or T1 Data is available, it should be input via the Insert Data In

Port. The Terrestrial Data is buffered inside the Modem. The RX Baseband Processor inserts

satellite data into the selected timeslots in the G.704 Frame and the modified terrestrial data is

then output via the Receive Data Out Port (refer to Figure 3-11).

If framed terrestrial data is not available, selection of the Internal T1/E1 frame source will cause

the modem to generate the required G.704 Frame. The Satellite Data will be inserted into the

selected timeslots, and the resulting terrestrial data will be output via the Receive Data Out Port.

Any non-inserted timeslots in the G.704 Frame will be filled with the appropriate Idle Code (refer to

Figure 3-12).

Figure 3-11. Insert Only with Eternal Frame Source

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-12. Insert Only with Internal Frame Source

3.16 Mode Selection

The DMD15/DMD15L D&I can be easily configured to support several commonly used terrestrial

data formats. For E1 Data, the user can choose between PCM-30, PCM-30C, PCM-31 and PCM-

31C. For T1 Data, the user can choose between T1-D4, T1-ESF, and SLC-96. The following

paragraphs provide more information on the various mode selection capabilities of the

DMD15/DMD15L.

3.16.1 PCM-30

The PCM-30 Mode of Operation supports an E1 Interface with Multiframe Alignment (MFAS) and

Channel Associated Signaling (CAS). The user may independently program n timeslots to drop

and n timeslots to insert where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. In addition to

the selected drop timeslots, the Transmit Function also extracts the appropriate ABCD signaling

bits from terrestrial timeslot 16 for transmission in IBS Frame as required. Conversely, the

Receive Function extracts received ABCD signaling bits from the IBS Frame and inserts them in

timeslot 16 of the appropriate terrestrial frame. This transmission and reception of ABCD

signaling based upon the drop and insert timeslots is performed automatically and is transparent

to the user. In PCM-30 mode, the user may not select timeslot 16 as a Drop or Insert Timeslot.

3.16.2 PCM-30C

The PCM-30C Mode of Operation supports an E1 Interface with Multiframe Alignment (MFAS)

and Channel Associated Signaling (CAS). In addition, the Drop function verifies the received

terrestrial CRC checksum and the Insert function calculates the required CRC checksum. The

user may independently program n timeslots to drop and n timeslots to insert where n = 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. In addition to the selected Drop timeslots, the Transmit

Function also extracts the appropriate ABCD signaling bits from terrestrial timeslot 16 for

transmission in IBS Frame as required. Conversely, the Receive Function extracts received

ABCD signaling bits from the IBS frame and inserts them in timeslot 16 of the appropriate

terrestrial frame. This transmission and reception of ABCD signaling based upon the Drop and

Insert timeslots is performed automatically and is transparent to the user. In PCM-30C Mode, the

user may not select timeslot 16 as a Drop or Insert Timeslot.

3.16.3 PCM-31

The PCM-31 Mode of Operation supports an E1 Interface with no Multiframe Alignment (MFAS)

or Channel Associated Signaling (CAS). The user may independently program n timeslots to drop

and n timeslots to insert where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. Because there

is no implied ABCD signaling, the user is free to select timeslot 16 as a Drop or Insert Timeslot.

3-16

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

3.16.4 PCM-31C

The PCM-31C Mode of Operation supports an E1 Interface with no Multiframe Alignment (MFAS)

or Channel Associated Signaling (CAS). In addition, the Drop Function verifies the received

terrestrial CRC checksum and the Insert Function calculates the required CRC checksum. The

user may independently program ‘n’ timeslots to drop and ‘n’ timeslots to insert where ‘n’ = 1, 2, 3,

4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. Because there is no implied ABCD signaling, the user is

free to select timeslot 16 as a Drop or Insert Timeslot.

3.16.5 T1-D4/T1-D4-S

The T1-D4 Mode of Operation supports a T1 Interface with 12 frames per multiframe. The user

may independently program n timeslots to drop and n timeslots to insert where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. In the DMD15/DMD15L, Robbed Bit Signaling (RBS) is handled

without any need for operator intervention and is transparent to the user.

3.16.6 T1-ESF/ T1-ESF-S

The T1-ESF Mode of Operation supports a T1 Interface with 24 frames per multiframe. The

CRC-6 checksum is automatically checked by the Drop Function and generated by the Insert

Function and placed in the appropriate F-bit positions in the terrestrial multiframe. The user may

independently program n timeslots to drop, and n timeslots to insert, where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,

10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. In the DMD15/DMD15L, Robbed Bit Signaling (RBS) is handled

without any need for operator intervention and is transparent to the user.

3.16.7 SLC-96

The T1 SLC-96 Mode supports a T1 Interface with 12 Frames per Multiframe (as per T1-D4) with

the following exceptions:

The signaling frames (F_sbits) are sent twice in succession.

During the subsequent four signaling frames, the F_sbits are replaced with data link

information bits.

The data frame is composed of six signaling frames with a length of 9 msec. The user may

independently program n timeslots to drop, and n timeslots to insert, where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,

10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, or 30. In the DMD15/DMD15L, Robbed Bit Signaling (RBS) is handled

without any need for operator intervention and is transparent to the user.

3.17 Multidestinational Systems

Because the Drop and Insert Functions are completely independent, the DMD15/DMD15L easily

supports multidestinational communications. Figure 3-13 illustrates a Multidestinational System

with one Hub site and three remote sites. At the Hub site, thirty channels are being transmitted to

all three remote sites and a fractional set of channels is being received from each remote site. At

the other end of the link, each remote site is transmitting a fractional E1 to the Hub site as well as

receiving all thirty (30) channels from the Hub site. It also identifies those channels intended for it,

and inserts them into the terrestrial data stream.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 3-13. Multidestinational Communications

3.17 Drop and Insert Mapping

The following displays under Interface D&I Setup (both Tx and Rx), are editing displays only:

SATCh TS

Enter to Edit

Any changes made in these displays are made on the screen, but are not entered into the

modem. Once these menus are configured, the Mapping Menu must be used to actually enter

the settings into the modem.

Example :

For a modem w/ Drop & Insert enabled at a data rate of 256 (with timeslots assigned 1-1, 2-2,

etc.). At a data rate of 256, the modem will allow 4 channels to assign timeslots to. Under the Tx

Menu, assign the timeslots that are to be used to the 4 channels. CH1 is assigned to TS1

(Timeslot #1), CH2 to TS 2, CH3 to TS3 and CH4 to TS4, <ENTER> must be depressed after

assigning each individual TS. Once the timeslots are assigned to the channels, use the Left or

Right Arrow Key to scroll to the Mapping Menu. This menu will appear in the following way:

Map

*******

Copy

*******

This is the menu where the channel assignments are actually entered into the modem. To do

this, perform the following steps:

3-18

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

For the Transmit Side:

Push <ENTER> to get the flashing cursor.

Use the Up Arrow Key to make the left portion of the display read “TX EDIT”.

Use the Right or Left Arrow Keys to switch the flashing cursor to the right portion

of the display.

Use the Up or Down Arrow Key to make the right hand portion read “TX ACTIVE”.

The mapping display should now look like this:

Map

Copy

TX EDIT > TX ACTIVE

Push <ENTER> to enter this command. This tells the modem to configure to the

settings that were assigned in the Channel/Timeslot display.

For the Receive Side:

With Rx Side Channels configured as follows: CH1 to TS1, CH2 to TS2, CH3 to

TS3 and CH4 to TS4.

After the timeslots are assigned properly, scroll to the Mapping Menu and use the

above procedure to enter the settings into the modem.

Set the display to read:

Map

Copy

RX EDIT > RX ACTIVE

Press <ENTER> to enter the settings into the modem.

To View the current Timeslot Assignment:

If there is a question of the channels not being entered properly, the Mapping

Menu may be used to see how the channels/timeslots are configured in the

modem.

Use <ENTER> and the Arrow Keys to make the mapping menu read (for the Tx

Side):

Map

Copy

TX ACTIVE > TX EDIT

Press <ENTER>. The modem has now copied the current Tx Settings to the Tx

Channel/Timeslot Display.

For the Rx Side:

Map

Copy

RX ACTIVE > RX EDIT

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Press <ENTER>. The modem has now copied the current Rx Settings to the Rx

Channel/Timeslot display ).

Note: It is not mandatory to assign timeslots in sequential order, although the

lowest timeslot must be entered in the lowest channel. For example: timeslots may

be assigned 1-2, 2-5, etc. but not 1-5, 2-2.

3.18 Reed-Solomon Codec (Refer to Figures 3-14, 3-15, and Table 3-1)

Utilizing a Reed-Solomon (RS) Outer Codec concatenated with a Convolutional Inner Codec is an

effective way to produce very low error rates even for poor signal-to-noise ratios while requiring

only a small increase in transmission bandwidth. Typically, concatenating an RS Codec requires

an increase in transmission bandwidth of only 9 – 12% while producing a greater than 2 dB

improvement in E_b/N_o. RS is a block Codec where K data bytes are fed into the encoder which

adds 2t = (N – K) check bytes to produce an N byte RS block. The RS decoder can then correct

up to “t” erred bytes in the block.

3.18.1 Operation in the DMD15/DMD15L

When the Reed-Solomon Codec is enabled, data is fed to the RS Encoding Section of the

DMD15/DMD15L where it is scrambled, formed into blocks, RS encoded, and interleaved.

Unique words are added so that the blocks can be reformed in the Receiving Modem (Refer to

Figure 3-13). Data is then sent to the modulator where it is convolutionally encoded, modulated

and transmitted to the satellite.

When the signal is received and demodulated by the Receiving Modem, it is fed to a Viterbi

Decoder for the first layer of error correction. After error correction is performed by the Viterbi

Decoder, the unique words are located and the data is deinterleaved and reformed into blocks.

The RS Decoder then corrects the leftover errors in each block. The data is then descrambled

and output from the RS Section.

3.18.2 Reed-Solomon Code Rate

The RS Code Rate is defined by (N, K) where N is the total RS block size in bytes - data + check

bytes - and K is the number of data bytes input into the RS Encoder. The transmission rate

expansion required by the RS Codec is then defined by N/K. The DMD15/DMD15L automatically

sets the correct RS code rate for IDR/IBS open network operation in accordance with the data

shown in Table 3-1. In Closed Net Mode, the DMD15/DMD15L allows any N or K setting up to N

= 255, and K = 235 to allow tailoring of the code rate to meet system requirements.

3.18.3 Interleaving

The DMD15/DMD15L allows for interleaving depths of 4 or 8 RS Blocks. This allows burst errors

to be spread over 4 or 8 RS blocks in order to enhance the error correcting performance of the

RS Codec. For Open Network Modes, the DMD15/DMD15L automatically sets the interleaving

depth to 4 for QPSK or BPSK or 8 for 8PSK. In Closed Network Mode, the interleaver depth can

be manually set to 4 or 8.

Figure 3-14. Reed-Solomon Encoder Functional Block Diagram

3-20

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

Figure 3-15. Reed-Solomon Decoder Functional Block Diagram

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table 3-1. Reed-Solomon Codes for IDR

Type of

Service

Data Rate

(Kbps)

RS Code (n,

k, t) ¹

Bandwidth

Expansion

[ (n/k) -1 ]

Interleaving

Depth

Maximum ²

RS Codec

Delay (ms)

(126, 112, 7)

(225, 205,10)

(219, 201, 9)

(194, 178, 8)

(219, 201, 9)

0.125

115

Small IDR

(With 16/15

O/H)

128

256

0.125

384

0.125

512

0.125

768

0.125

1024

1536

1544

2048

6312

8448

1544

2048

6312

8448

0.125

0.0976

0.0896

0.0899

0.0896

IDR

(With 96

Kbps O/H)

8PSK

NOTES:

1. n = code length, k = information symbols and t = symbol error correcting capability.

2. Design objective.

3.19 DMD15 Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC Operation)

The DMD15 Modem has an optional built-in provision for Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC).

AUPC attempts to maintain a constant E_b/N_oat the receive end of an SCPC link. This is

especially useful when operating over a satellite at Ku-Band Frequencies in locations with high

rainfall periods.

Note: An Asynchronous or IBS Interface is required for AUPC. Also, IBS (Async Framing

Mode MUST be selected to provide a channel for AUPC operation.

3-22

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

The IBS Async Framer Data Mode provides a service channel between the two sites of a link

permitting the modem processors to send messages and get responses over this channel. AUPC

can be set to operate on either or both directions of a link but always requires a bi-directional

channel. Therefore, both the Modulator and Demodulator interface mode must be set to IBS

Async for the AUPC menus to be visible and for the AUPC function to operate properly. The

AUPC Functions and their descriptions are shown on Table 3-2.

Table 3-2. AUPC Functions

Function

AUPC ENABLE/DISABLE

AUPC Eb/No

Description

Enables/Disables the AUPC to function locally

Desired E_b/N₀of remote modem

AUPC MIN LVL

Sets minimum output power to be used

Sets maximum output power to be used

Sets default output power to be used

AUPC MAX LVL

AUPC DEF LVL

Note: The AUPC menus are located under the Modulator Menu as shown in Section 4.

The basic AUPC Operation is described as follows:

Assume that the two modems, one at each end of the link, are set to AUPC operation. Only one

direction is discussed, but the same functions could be occurring in both directions

simultaneously. Modem “A” is transmitting to modem “B” under normal conditions and modem “B”

has a receive E_b/N_oof 7.5 dB. Modem “A” has been set to an AUPC E_b/N_oon the Front Panel of

7.5 dB, and is currently outputting –15 dBm. Next, it begins raining at location “B”, and the E_b/N_o

drops to –7.0 then –6.8 dB. Modem “B” is constantly sending update messages to “A” and reports

the current E_b/N_o. When “A” sees the drop in E_b/N_o, it slowly begins to raise the output power, and

raises it again when it sees further drops. As the rain increases in intensity, and the E_b/N_o

decreases again, “A” continues to increase its power level to compensate, and when the rain

diminishes and quits, it lowers its power level to compensate. The operation is therefore a

feedback control loop with the added complication of a significant time delay.

There are safeguards built into the AUPC System. First, the Modulator has two additional

parameters, which allow control of the Maximum and Minimum Power Output Levels. Second, a

default power level is specified which takes precedence over the output power level during signal

loss or loss of AUPC Channel Communication. The default power level should normally be set to

a high enough level to reestablish communication regardless of rain fade. The other controls are

built into the operating control software to limit response times and detect adverse operating

conditions.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.20 DMD15 Asynchronous Overhead Operation

3.20.1 Asynchronous Framing/Multiplexer Capability

The Asynchronous Framing/Multiplexer is capable of multiplexing a relatively low-speed overhead

channel onto the terrestrial data stream resulting in a slightly higher combined or aggregate data

rate through the modem. The overhead channel is recovered at the far end. This added channel

is termed variously “An Overhead Channel”, ”Service Channel”, “Async Channel” or in IESS

terminology an “ES to ES Data Channel.” The basic frame structure used by the multiplexer is

that specified in the IESS-309 Standard, resulting in a 16/15 Aggregate to Through-Data Ratio.

For Regular Async:

(Standard IBS), the Baud Rate is approximately 1/2000

of the Data Rate listed in Table 3-3.

For Enhanced Async:

(IBS Async.), the Baud Rate is selectable, but Data Rate

is limited.

The maximum Baud Rate is 19,200 bps for IBS Async. Two software-controlled modes are

designed into the card to best utilize the available bits; “Standard IBS” and “IBS (Async)”. The

characteristics of the Channel Interface is also determined by the standard or Async mode.

The Async Channel can be set under software-control to either RS-232 or RS-485 mode. The pin

assignments for both modes are shown in Table 3-3. The “RS-485” Setting controls the output

into tri-state when the modem is not transmitting data, allowing multiple modem outputs to be

connected together.

Table 3-3

Kbps

Baud Rate Example for

Standard IBS

Kbps

Baud Rate Example for

Enhanced Mode

128

256

128

192

256

320

384

448

512

576

640

704

768

832

896

960

1024

9.6

19.2

300

600

384

600

512

1200

2400

4800

9600

19200

640

128

192

256

320

384

448

512

576

640

704

768

832

768

896

1024

1152

1280

1408

1536

1664

1792

1920

2048

3-24

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

896

19200

960

1024

1088

1152

1216

1280

1344

1408

1472

1536

1600

1664

1728

1792

1856

1920

1984

2048

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

3.21 Standard IBS Mode

In the first or “Normal” mode, all bit assignments are per the IBS standard. The bits of Overhead

Housekeeping byte 32 are implemented as shown in Table 3-4 below:

Table 3-4.

ES to ES Data

Channel

This bit is routed directly to the ES to ES Data Channel.

Its data rate is 1/512^thof the aggregate rate (or 1/480^thof

the through terrestrial data rate), and is normally used to

super-sample an asynchronous data channel.

Bit 1

Frame Alignment

Backward Alarm

Part of the Frame Alignment word.

Bit 2

Bit 3

Transmit and Receive with main processor to activate

Main Alarm/LED.

Multiframe Message

Spare

As per IBS.

Bit 4

Not currently utilized.

Bits 5 and 6

Bits 7 and 8

Encryption Utilization

The ratio of the Through Terrestrial Data Channel Rate to the aggregate rate is 15/16. The

standard transmit and receive channels of the ES to ES Data Channel in Standard IBS Mode are

raw channels operating at the specific bit rate as controlled by the data channel rate, without

buffering. In addition, no clocks are provided with this channel. Since it would be rare that the

data rate provided was exactly that required for a standard rate device, the only method of

communicating using this channel is to allow it to super-sample the user data.

3.22 Asynchronous Multiplexer Mode

Since many of the frame bits in the standard IBS mode are not used, an “Enhanced” Multiplexer

Mode has been implemented that can be engaged under software control. Since this mode

changes the use of many of the framed non-data bits, this mode is only usable when the DMD15

is at both ends of a link. In this mode, the overhead signaling bytes 16 and 48 can be used to

implement a significantly higher speed ES to ES Data Channel under software control. When

implemented, this rate is 16 times that of the normal IBS standard, or 1/30^thof the terrestrial data

rate (1/32^ndof the aggregate rate).

Note: The IBS Async mode MUST be selected for true Asynchronous channel operation to

be available.

3.23 ESC Backward Alarms

When running in IDR Mode and if the modem has the ESC Option, there will be four Backward

Alarms available for use by the earth stations at each end of the link (both ends must have the

ESC option). These alarms are accessed via the ESC ALARMS Port. The four alarms are

controlled by four relays, each having a normally open, normally closed, and a common

connection. The common connections of these relays (referred to as Backward Alarm Inputs) can

be connected to whichever system on the earth station that the user wishes to trigger the

backward alarm. When ground is applied to the Common (Input) Connection of one of these

relays, that relay and associated backward alarm will then be in a “no fault” state. When the

ground is removed, the relay and the associated Tx Backward Alarm will toggle to the faulted

state. When in the faulted state, the receive end of the link will receive that backward alarm that

is initiated at the transmit end of the link.

3-26

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

The user can connect whichever systems on the earth stations that they desire to these Backward

Alarms Relays as long as they will supply ground to the Backward Alarm Relay Input in the “no

fault” condition and the ground will be removed in the “faulted” condition.

For example: the user could connect the Demod Summary Fault of the modem to the Backward

Alarm 1 Input, so that if the demod went into Major Alarm (such as a Carrier Loss), Backward

Alarm 1 would be transmitted to the receive end of the link. At the receive end, it would show up

as Rx Backward 1 (Receive Backward Alarm 1).

3.23.1 To Disable the ESC Backward Alarms

If the ESC ALARMS Port will not be used and the Backward Alarm Indications are to be disabled,

connect the following pins of the ESC ALARMS Port:

Connect Pins 1, 10, 11, 22 and 23 (connect all together). Pin 1 is ground and Pins 10, 11, 22, and

23 are the inputs of Backward Alarms 1 through 4. By connecting these four pins to ground (Pin

1) the Backward Alarms will be disabled and indicate “PASS” for BK1 through BK4.

3.24 Reacquisition

Reacquisition on the DMD15/DMD15L is the ability to reacquire a lost signal from a far end

modulator that returns at some point. The DMD15/DMD15L allows the user to program the

amount of time (0.0 – 900.0 seconds) that the demodulator will wait for the signal to reappear

before searching the entire programmed sweep range for the signal. Additionally, the

DMD15/DMD15L allows the user to specify the range (± 0 – 32000 Hz) in which the demodulator

will perform the narrow signal search (see Figure 3-16). Configuration can be accomplished via

the standard user interfaces (front panel, dumb terminal, remote).

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operation

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Acquire Signal

Sweep Delay

OPCode

0x2A05

0.0 - 900.0 sec

Yes

Sweep

Delay != 0

Track current

frequency

Locked

Yes

Normal

operation

Reacquisition

Use

reacquisition

limits

OPCode

sweep limits to

0x2A2F

acquire signal

0 - 32000 Hz

Timer

Expired

Start Delay

Timer

Yes

Go back to

normal sweep

limits to

acquire signal

Figure 3-16. Reacquisition flow in the DMD15/DMD15L

3-28

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Operation

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

3-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Section 4 – User Interfaces

4.0 User Interfaces

There are three user interfaces available for the DMD15/DMD15L. These are:

•

Front Panel

Remote Port

Terminal

4.1 Front Panel User Interface

The Front Panel of the DMD15/DMD15L allows for complete control and monitor of all

DMD15/DMD15L parameters and functions via a keypad, LCD display and status LEDs.

The front panel layout is shown in Figure 4-1, showing the location and labeling of the front panel.

The front panel is divided into four functional areas: the LCD Front Panel Display, the Cursor

Control Arrow Keys, the Numeric Keypad, and the Front Panel LED Indicators, each described

below in Table 4-1.

Figure 4-1. DMD15/DMD15L Front Panel

Table 4-1.

Item Number

Description

Function

LCD Front Panel Display

Displays DMD15/DMD15L Operating

parameters and Configuration data

Cursor Control Arrow Keys

Numeric Keypad

Controls the up, down, right and left motion

of the cursor in the LCD Display window

Allows entry of numeric data and Clear and

Enter function keys

Front Panel LED Indicators

See Paragraph 4.1.2 below for an itemized

description of these LEDs

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

4.1.1 LCD Front Panel Display

The front panel display is a 2 line by 16-character LCD display. The display is lighted and the

brightness can be set to increase when the front panel is currently in use. The LCD display

automatically dims after a period of inactivity. The display has two distinct areas showing current

information. The upper area shows the current parameter being monitored, such as ‘Frequency’

or ‘Data Rate’. The lower line shows the current value of that parameter. The LCD display is a

single entry window into the large matrix of parameters that can be monitored and set from the

Front Panel.

4.1.2 Cursor Control Arrow Keys

A set of ‘Arrow’ or ‘Cursor’ keys (↑), (↓), (→), (←), is used to navigate the parameter currently

being monitored or controlled. Table 4-2 describes the functions available at the Front Panel.

4.1.3 Numeric Keypad

A 10 Key Numeric Keypad with 2 additional keys for the ‘Enter’ and ‘Clear’ function allows the

entry of data into the system. Table 4-2 describes the functions available at the Front Panel.

Table 4-2.

Edit Mode Key Functions (Front Panel Only)

Parameter

Type

0 – 9

‘Clear’ &

↑

↓

←

→

←

→

Fixed Point Changes Digit Toggles ±

Decimal

Toggles ±

(If Signed) (If Signed)

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Left

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Right

N/A

Unsigned Changes Digit Increments Decrements

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Left

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Right

N/A

Hexadecimal

Digit Value Digit Value

Enumerated

N/A

Value in

List

Value in

List

N/A

Date/ Time Changes Digit

N/A

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Left

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Right

IP Address Changes Digit Increments Decrements

Digit Value Digit Value

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Left

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Right

N/A

Text Strings

Changes

Character

Increments Decrements

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Left

Moves

Cursor 1

Position

Right

Clears to

Left of

Cursor

Clears to

Right of

Cursor

Character

Value

Character

Value

Inclusive

4-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

4.1.4 Front Panel LED Indicators

Eight LEDs on the DMD15/DMD15L Front Panel (Refer to Table 4-3) indicate the status of

DMD15/DMD15L operation. The LED colors maintain a consistent meaning. Green signifies that

the indication is appropriate for normal operation, Yellow means that there is a condition not

proper for normal operation, and Red indicates a fault condition that will result in lost

communications.

Table 4-3.

LED

Color

Function

Modem LED Indicators

Power

Fault

Green

Red

Indicates that the unit is turned on.

Indicates a hardware fault for the unit.

Event

Yellow

Indicates that a condition or event has occurred that the

modem has stored in memory. The events may be viewed

from the Front Panel or in the Terminal Mode.

Remote

Green

Indicates that the unit is set to respond to the remote control

input.

Demodulator LED Indicators

Signal Lock

Indicates that the receiver locked to an incoming carrier and

data, including FEC Sync.

Major Alarm

Minor Alarm

Test Mode

Red

Indicates that the Receive Direction has failed, losing traffic.

Indicates that a Receive Warning Condition exists.

Yellow

Indicates that the receiver is involved in a current Test Mode

activity.

Modulator LED Indicators

Transmit ON

Major Alarm

Green

Red

Indicates that the transmitter is on.

Indicates that the terrestrial data and/or clock is not being

supplied to the unit.

Minor Alarm

Test Mode

Yellow

Indicates that a Transmit Warning Condition exists.

Indicates that the transmitter is involved in a current Test

Mode activity.

4.2 Parameter Setup

The four Cursor Control Arrow Keys are used to navigate the menu tree and select the parameter

to be set. After arriving at a parameter that needs to be modified, depress <ENTER>. The first

space of the modifiable parameter highlights (blinks) and is ready for a new parameter to be

entered. After entering the new parameter using the keypad (Refer to Figure 4-2), depress

<ENTER> to lock in the new parameter. If a change needs to be made prior to pressing

<ENTER>, depress <CLEAR> and the display defaults back to the original parameter. Depress

<ENTER> again and re-enter the new parameters followed by <ENTER>.

Following a valid input, the DMD15/DMD15L will place the new setting into the nonvolatile

EEPROM making it available immediately and available the next time the unit is powered-up.’

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 4-2. Entering New Parameters

4.3 Front Panel Control Screen Menus

The DMD15/DMD15L Front Panel Control Screens are broken down into sections under several

Main Menus.

4.3.1 Main Menus

Modulator

Demodulator

Interface

Monitor

Alarms

System

Test

4.3.2 Modulator Menu Options and Parameters

Mode:

{IDR, IBS, Closed Net, Drop & Insert}

Used with IDR, or IBS Interface Only.

The Mode Command sets a number of parameters

within the modem to meet a set specification. The

purpose is to eliminate keystrokes and potential

compatibility problems.

Additionally, data rates not covered by the given mode of

operation will not be allowed. If the mode of operation is

selected after the data rate has been entered, then the

data rate must be compatible with the desired mode of

operation or the mode will not be allowed. The following

parameters are set for the given mode of operation and

4-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

cannot be changed while the unit is in the given mode of

operation:

IDR Mode:

(IESS-308)

For Data rates 1.544, 2.048, 6.312, 8.448 Mbps

Framing Type:

Scrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

96 Kbps (IDR)

V.35

Intelsat

For Data Rates < 1.544

Framing Type:

Scrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Intelsat

IBS Mode:

(IESS-309)

For Data Rates < 2048

Framing Type:

Scrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Intelsat

Closed Net:

All possible combinations allowed. Activates the

AUPC Menu.

Drop & Insert:

Data Rates:

n x 64 n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,

10,12, 15, 16, 20, 24, 30

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Intelsat

Framing Type:

Scrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Strap Code:

{Refer to Strap Code Guide, Table 4-4}

The Strap Code is a quick set key that sets many

modem parameters. Consult the strap code guide for

available strap codes. Parameters set by strap code:

Data Rate

Code Rate

Mode

Frame Type

Scrambler Type

Spectrum Mask

Mod IF (menu):

Frequency:

{50 – 90 MHz, 100 – 180 MHz, or 950 – 1750 MHz (L-

Band)}

Allows the user to enter the Modulator IF Frequency in 1

Hz increments.

Power:

{+5 to –20 dBm} {-5 to –30 L-Band}

Allows the user to enter the Transmitter Power Level.

The DMD15 has a digital/analog crossover point at -7.4

to -7.5 dBm (-17.4 to -17.5 dBm L-Band) when the output

power level setting crosses this threshold, the modulator

may glitch and undershoot the output momentarily.

Carrier Ctrl:

{On, Off}

The DMD15 transmitter will turn off the carrier output

automatically when the modem determines there is a

major alarm. This is done to prevent the carrier from

outputting an unknown spectrum and possibly disturbing

adjacent carriers. This automatic drop of the carrier can

be overridden by masking the alarm that is causing the

fault. This will keep the modulator output spectrum

transmitting, even when the fault occurs.

Spectrum Inv:

{Normal, Inverted}

Allows the user to invert the direction of rotation for PSK

Modulation. Normal meets the IESS Specification.

Modulation:

Spectrl Msk:

{QPSK, BPSK, OQPSK, 8PSK, 16QAM}

Allows the user to select the modulation type.

{Intelsat}

Allows the user to set the spectral shape of Tx Data

Filter.

4-6

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Mod Data (menu):

Data Rate:

{Refer to Technical Specs for Data Rates}

Allows the user to set the Data Rate in bps steps via the

Front Panel Arrows or Keypad.

Symbol Rate:

Conv Enc:

Allows the user to view the Symbol Rate.

{1/2 Rate VIT, 3/4 Rate VIT, 7/8 Rate VIT,

Optional encoders: 1/2 Rate SEQ, 3/4 Rate SEQ , 7/8

Rate SEQ , 2/3 Rate TRE (8PSK), Turbo (.793), Turbo

(.495), 3/4 Rate CSC}

Allows the user to select the Tx Code Rate and Type.

Diff Encode:

Scrmbl Sel:

{On, Off, EF Mode*}

Allows the user to enable or disable the Differential

Encoder. Having the encoder enabled ensures proper

phase lock.

*EF Mode is a special differential encoder mode that

allows compatibility with certain modems when

configured in QPSK modulation, and uncoded FEC.

{None, V.35-IESS, V.35 CITT, V.35 EF, IBS, CCITT,

V.35FC, OM73, V.35EF_RS, TPC SCRAMBLER(Turbo

Codec)}

Allows the user to select the scrambler type.

Scrmbl Ctrl:

Allows the user to enable or disable scrambler operation.

Mod Framing:

{1/15 (IBS), 1/15 (Async), 96 Kbps (IDR), None}

Used with IDR, IBS, or Asynchronous Interface Only.

Allows the user to select the framing type.

Data Invert:

{Terr, Base, Terr & Base}

Allows the user to invert the Tx Data polarity.

Symbol Pair:

{None, Swapped}

Allows the user to swap the I&Q Channels.

(BPSK Mode Only)

Reed-Solomon (menu):

Enable/Disable

These selections are visible only when the Reed-

Solomon Option is installed.

{Enable, Disable}

Allows the user to Enable/Disable the Reed-Solomon

Encoder.

RS Codes

RS Depth

{Refer to Appendix A for valid n/k values}

Displays the currently used n, k Reed-Solomon Codes.

In Closed Net Mode, the user may select custom RS

Codes.

{4, 8}

Allows the user to select the Reed-Solomon interleaver

depth. In Closed Net Mode, a depth of 4 or 8 may be

selected.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

4.3.3 Demodulator Menu Options and Parameters

Mode:

{IDR, IBS, Closed Net, Drop & Insert}

Used with IDR, or IBS Interface Only.

The Mode Command sets a number of parameters

within the modem to meet a set specification. The

purpose is to eliminate keystrokes and potential

compatibility problems. Additionally, data rates not

covered by the given mode of operation will not be

allowed. If the mode of operation is selected after the

data rate has been entered, then the data rate must be

compatible with the desired mode of operation or the

mode will not be allowed. The following parameters are

set for the given mode of operation and cannot be

changed while the unit is in the given mode of operation:

IDR Mode:

(IESS-308)

For Data rates 1.544, 2.048, 6.312, 8.448 Mbps

Framing Type:

Descrambler type:

Spectrum Mask:

96 Kbps (IDR)

V.35

Intelsat

For Data Rates < 1.544 Mbps

Framing Type:

Descrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Intelsat

IBS Mode:

(IESS-309)

For Data Rates < 2.048 Mbps

Framing Type:

Descrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

Closed Net:

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Intelsat

All possible combinations allowed

Drop & Insert:

Data Rates:

n x 64, n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,

12, 15, 16, 20, 24, 30

1/15 (IBS)

IESS-309

Framing Type:

Descrambler Type:

Spectrum Mask:

Intelsat

Strap Code:

{Refer to Strap Code Guide, Section 4.3, Table 4-4}

The Strap Code is a quick set key that sets many

modem parameters. Consult the strap code guide for

available strap codes. Parameters set by strap code:

Data Rate

Code Rate

Mode

Frame Type

Scrambler Type

Spectrum Mask

4-8

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Demod IF (menu):

Frequency:

{50 – 90 MHz, 100 – 180 MHz, or 950 – 1750 MHz (L-

Band)}

Allows the user to enter the Modulator IF Frequency in 1

Hz increments.

Spectrum Inv:

Demodulation:

{Normal, Inverted}

Allows the user to invert the direction of rotation for PSK

Modulation. Normal meets the IESS Specification.

{QPSK, BPSK, OQPSK, 8PSK, 16QAM}

Allows the user to select the demodulation type.

Spectrl Msk:

Swp Bound:

Swp Delay:

{Intelsat}

Allows the user to set the spectral shape of Tx Data

Filter.

{±0 – 32 kHz}

Allows the user to set the acquisition range for the

demodulator

{0.0 – 900.0 sec}

Allows the user to set the reacquisition delay time in

1/10^thsecond increments. (See section 3.24 for a

complete description of the DMD15/DMD15L

reacquisition.

ReAcq Sweep:

{0 – 32000 Hz}

Allows the user to set the reacquisition sweep in 1 Hertz

increments. (See section 3.24 for a complete description

of the DMD15/DMD15L reacquisition.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Demod Data (menu):

Data Rate:

{Refer to Technical Specs for Data Rates}

Allows the user to set the Data Rate in bps steps via the

Front Panel Arrows or Keypad.

Symbol Rate:

Conv Dec:

Allows the user to view the Symbol Rate.

{1/2 Rate VIT, 3/4 Rate VIT, 7/8 Rate VIT,

Optional encoders

1/2 Rate SEQ, 3/4 Rate SEQ , 7/8 Rate SEQ , 2/3 Rate

TRE (8PSK), Turbo (.793), Turbo (.495), 3/4 Rate

CSC}

Allows the user to select the Tx Code Rate and Type.

Diff Decode:

{On, Off, EF Mode*}

Allows the user to enable or disable the Differential

Decoder. Having the decoder enabled ensures proper

phase lock.

*EF Mode is a special differential decoder mode that

allows compatibility with certain modems when

configured in QPSK modulation, and uncoded FEC.

Dscrmbl Sel:

{None, V.35-IESS, V.35 CITT, V.35 EF, IBS, CCITT,

V.35FC, OM73, V.35EF_RS, TPC SCRAMBLER (Turbo

Codec)}

Allows the user to select the descrambler type.

Dscrmbl Ctrl

{On, Off}

Allows the user to enable or disable the descrambler

operation.

Dmd Framing:

{1/15 (IBS), 1/15 (Async), 96 Kbps (IDR), None}

Used with IDR, IBS, or Asynchronous Interface Only.

Allows the user to select the Framing Type.

Data Invert:

{Terr, Base, Terr & Base}

Allows the user to invert the Rx Data polarity.

Symbol Pair:

{None, Swapped}

Allows the user to swap the I&Q Channels.

(BPSK Mode Only)

4-10

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Reed-Solomon (menu):

Enable/Disable

These selections are visible only when the Reed-

Solomon Option is installed.

{Enable, Disable}

Allows the user to Enable/Disable the Reed-Solomon

Encoder.

RS Codes

RS Depth

{Refer to Appendix A for valid n/k values}

Displays the currently used n, k Reed-Solomon Codes.

In Closed Net Mode, the user may select custom RS

Codes.

{4, 8}

Allows the user to select the Reed-Solomon interleaver

depth. In Closed Net Mode, a depth of 4 or 8 may be

selected.

4.3.4 Interface Menu Options and Parameters

Tx Setup (menu):

Tx Ckt ID:

Allows the user entry of a Tx Circuit Identifier. Circuits

can be given up to an 11 Character alphanumeric identity

such as LINK1.

Tx Type:

{G.703, V.35, RS-232, RS-422}

Allows the user to select the Transmit Type.

Tx Clock:

Clk Polarity:

{SCTE (External), SCT (Internal), SCR, EXT CLK}

Allows the user to select the Transmit Clock Source.

{Auto, Normal, Inverted}

Allows the user to select the Clock Polarity for the Tx

Terrestrial Clock relative to the Tx Data. “Auto” detects

wrong polarity and automatically corrects. If G.703

Interface is selected, this selection cannot be changed.

SCT Source:

{INTERNAL (SCT), SCR (Rx SAT CLK)}

Allows the user to select SCT Source to be either the

SCT Oscillator or RX Satellite Clock. Rx SAT CLK is

used for loop timing.

ESC CH#1

ESC CH#2

{+10 to -20}

Available only in IDR Mode at a valid IDR Rate. Controls

the volume of the ESC Channels.

See above.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Tx D&I (menu):

Drop Mode:

{Enable, Disable}

Allows the user to enable or disable the following:

T1-D4, T1-ESF, PCM-30, PCM-30C, PCM-31,

PCM-31C, SLC-96, T1-D4-S, T1-ESF-S.

Map Copy:

SATCh TS:

Time Mark:

TMT Length:

{Rx Edit, Tx Edit, Rx Acti, Tx Acti, ROM 1…ROM 8,

User 1…User 8}

Allows user to copy Drop and Insert maps. If the user

attempts an invalid copy, the error prompt “BAD

DESTINATION” will be displayed and the copy will not be

allowed. The Tx Active map is the drop map currently

being used by the modem. For a more detailed

description of this function, see Section 4.6.4.

Allows the user to edit the Tx Edit Map to specify the

terrestrial slots that will be dropped into which satellite

channels. The Satellite Channels are fixed and the

number of channels are determined by the data rate.

The Terrestrial Timeslots available are determined by the

Drop Mode. When the user has finished editing the Tx

Edit map, it must be copied to the Tx Active map before

it can be used by the modem.

{Enable, Disable}

Allows the user to enable or disable the “Time Mark

Transfer” (TMT) Transmit Request External Input to

initialize the state machine that detects the proper states

of I and Q and inserts the TMT Pattern into the transmit

symbol stream. This feature is only available in BPSK,

QPSK, and OQPSK Modulations and requires specific

hardware and configuration at the factory.

{4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}

Allows the user to set the length of the pattern marker.

This feature is only available in BPSK, QPSK, and

OQPSK Modulations and requires specific hardware and

configuration at the factory.

Rx Setup (menu):

Rx Ckt ID:

Provides entry of Rx Circuit Identifier. Circuits can be

given up to an 11 Character alphanumeric Identity such

as DLINK1

Rx Type:

{G.703 (Balanced/Unbalanced), V.35, RS-232, RS-

422}

Allows the user to select the Receive Type.

Buff Size:

Buff Clk:

{0-32 msecs}

Allows the user to set the Doppler Buffer Size in msec.

{SCTE (External), SCT (Internal), Rx Sat, EXTCLK}

4-12

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Allows the user to select the buffer clock source. Must

set Buff size to zero to bypass.

Clk Polarity:

{Normal, Inverted}

Allows the user to select the Buffer Clock Polarity for the

Tx Terrestrial Clock relative to the Tx Data. If G.703

Interface is selected, this selection cannot be changed.

Rx D&I (menu):

Insert Mode:

{Enable, Disable}

Allows the user to enable or disable the following:

T1-D4, T1-ESF, PCM-30, PCM-30C, PCM-31, PCM-

31C, SLC-96, T1-D4-S, T1-ESF-S.

T1E1 Frm Src

Map Copy:

{Internal, External}

Selects frame source for T1 or E1 framing.

{Rx Edit, Tx Edit, Rx Acti, Tx Acti, ROM 1…ROM 8,

User 1…User 8}

Allows user to copy Drop and Insert maps. If the user

attempts an invalid copy, the error prompt “BAD

DESTINATION” will be displayed and the copy will not be

allowed. The Rx Active map is the drop map currently

being used by the modem. For a more detailed

description of this function, see Section 4.6.4.

SATCh TS:

Allows the user to edit the Tx Edit Map to specify the

terrestrial slots that will be dropped into which satellite

channels. The Satellite Channels are fixed and the

number of channels is determined by the data rate. The

Terrestrial Timeslots available are determined by the

Drop Mode. When the user has finished editing the Tx

Edit map, it must be copied to the Tx Active map before

it can be used by the modem.

TMT Length:

{4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}

Allows the user to set the length of the pattern marker.

This feature is only available in BPSK, QPSK, and

OQPSK Modulations and requires specific hardware and

configuration at the factory.

General:

Freq Ref Src:

{Internal, External, High Stability}

Allows the user to select the Frequency Reference

Source.

Async (menu):

ES Mode:

{Normal, Enhanced (option)}

Allows user to choose between Normal and Enhanced

Async Mode if the enhanced option is available.

ES Interface:

{RS-232, RS-485}

Allows user to select between RS-232 or -485

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

ES Baud:

{150-19200}

Allows the user to select the baud rate in Enhanced

Async mode. Available rates are listed in Sect 3.20.1

ES Data Bits:

{7,8}

Allows the user to choose between 7 or 8 bit data.

4.3.5 AUPC Menu Options and Parameters

Note: AUPC Menus are only available when the Modulator is in ‘Closed Net’ Mode and

Framing is ‘EFAUPC 1/15’.

Local AUPC (menu):

The 'LOCAL AUPC CONFIGURATION' Menu contains

the local configuration parameters for the AUPC

Function.

AUPC Enable:

{Off, On}

Allows the user to enable or disable the Local AUPC

Function of the local modem. The Local AUPC Function

is the response to the commands for an increase or

decrease of the Transmit Power in 0.5 dB steps. The

command to change to the setting is indicated in the

'REMOTE CL ACTION' Menu upon receiver loss of lock

of the remote modem.

Nominal TX Power:

{variable through power range}

Allows the user to set the nominal Transmit Power. The

nominal Transmit Power is the setting that will be used

when the remote modem indicates that its receiver has

lost lock and commands a change to the setting

indicated in the 'REMOTE CL ACTION' Menu. That

change will only be implemented if the 'REMOTE CL

ACTION' Menu is set to “NOMINAL”.

Minimum TX Power:

Maximum TX Power:

{variable through power range}

Allows the user to set the minimum Transmit Power.

The minimum Transmit Power is the lowest power

setting that will be used when the remote modem

commands a decrease of the Transmit Power.

{variable through power range}

Allows the user to set the maximum Transmit Power.

The maximum Transmit Power is the highest power

setting that will be used when the remote modem

commands an increase of the Transmit Power. It is the

setting that will be used when the remote modem

indicates that its receiver has lost lock and commands a

change to the setting indicated in the 'REMOTE CL

ACTION’, Menu. That change will only be implemented

if the 'REMOTE CL ACTION' Menu is set to “MAXIMUM”.

Target Eb/No:

{variable}

Allows the user to set the desired E_b/N_ofor the local

receiver. This setting is compared against the receive

4-14

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

E_b/N_oand commands to the remote modem to increase

or decrease Transmit Power accordingly are sent.

Tracking Rate:

{0.5 to 6.0}

Allows the user to set the rate at which the commands to

increase or decrease Transmit Power are sent. Each

command will result in a 0.5-dB increase or decrease in

Transmit Power from the remote transmitter. The

tracking rate is adjustable from 0.5 dB per minute to 6.0

dB per minute in 0.5 dB steps. The resulting 'command

rate' is 1 command every minute to 1 command every

five seconds.

Local CL Action:

{HOLD, NOMINAL, MAXIMUM}

Allows the user to set the Transmit Power Setting to be

used when the local modem receiver loses lock. The

setting can be 'HOLD' (no action taken), 'NOMINAL' (the

nominal Transmit Power Setting is used), and

'MAXIMUM' (the maximum Transmit Power Setting is

used).

Remote CL Action:

{HOLD, NOMINAL, MAXIMUM}

Allows the user to set the Transmit Power Setting to be

used when the remote modem receiver loses lock. The

setting can be 'HOLD' (no action taken), 'NOMINAL' (the

nominal Transmit Power Setting is used), and

'MAXIMUM' (the maximum Transmit Power Setting is

used).

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Remote AUPC (menu):

The 'REMOTE AUPC CONFIGURATION' menu contains

the remote configuration parameters for the AUPC

Function.

AUPC Enable:

{OFF, ON}

Allows the user to enable or disable the AUPC Function

of the remote modem. The remote AUPC Function is

the response of the local modem to commands for an

increase or decrease of the Transmit Power in 0.5 dB

steps and the command to change to the setting

indicated in the 'REMOTE CL ACTION' menu of the

remote modem upon receiver loss of lock.

Loopback:

Allows the user to enable or disable the Baseband

Loopback Test Mode of the remote modem.

TX 2047 Pattern:

Allows the user to enable or disable the Transmit 2047

Pattern Test Mode of the remote modem.

Remote AUPC Monitor:

Remote 2047 BER:

The ‘REMOTE AUPC MONITOR’ Menu contains the

remote monitor status for the AUPC Function.

Reports the BER measurement of the receiver 2047

Pattern Test Mode of the remote modem. BER is

reported from the 1x10^-5to 1x10^-7in tenth decade steps.

If the pattern does not synchronize or is out of range,

‘NO DATA’ will be displayed.

4.3.6 Monitor Menu Options and Parameters

Level:

Displays the estimated receive signal level as seen by

the Demodulator.

Eb/No:

Displays the estimated E_b/N_oas seen by the

demodulator.

SER:

Displays the estimated channel error rate (before

decoding) measured by the modem.

CBER:

Displays the estimated corrected bit error rate (after

decoding).

Error Count:

Offset Freq:

Displays the current error count from the Viterbi

Decoder.

Displays the received carrier frequency offset as

measured by the modem.

4-16

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Event Buff:

Displays a history of events recorded in the event buffer.

A maximum of 40 events may be stored in the buffer.

Upon receipt of the 41^stevent, the first received event is

automatically deleted, and so on, maintaining the

maximum 40 events.

Press Clr to Erase Events:

Voltages (menu):

+5 Volt:

Clears the contents of the Event Buffer.

Displays the measured voltage of the +5 Volt power bus

located inside the modem.

+12 Volt:

-12 Volt:

Displays the measured voltage of the +12 Volt power bus

located inside the modem.

Displays the measured voltage of the -12 Volt power bus

located inside the modem.

Buffer:

Displays the status of the Doppler Buffer from 0 to 100%.

Causes Doppler Buffer to re-center.

Press Clr to Center Buffer:

BER Exponent:

{6 - 9}

Allows the user to set the time base for the Channel

Error Rate Measurement, used to estimate E_b/N_o.

4.3.7 Alarms Menu Options and Parameters

Active Alrms (menu):

Masking alarms may cause undesirable modem performance.

Major Tx (menu):

TxuProc Mask:

Status

Edit Table

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates a Hardware Transmit or DSP Failure within the

modem.

(Yes = Masked, No = Unmasked)

TxPower Mask:

TxOSClk Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Modem Tx Output Power is within

allowed tolerance. A solid indication indicates a

hardware or programming failure within the modem.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the TX Oversample Clock PLL is not

locked. This alarm will flash on during certain modem

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

parameter changes. A solid indication indicates a

hardware or programming failure within the modem.

CompClk Mask:

TxSynth Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that Tx Composite Clock PLL is not locked.

This alarm will flash on during certain modem parameter

changes. A solid indication indicates a problem with the

incoming clock to the modem (SCTE).

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Tx IF Synthesizer is not locked. This

alarm will flash on during certain modem parameter

changes. A solid indication indicates a hardware or

programming failure within the modem.

Major Rx (menu):

RxuProc Mask:

SigLoss Mask:

MfrSync Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates a hardware failure within the modem.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the demod is unable to lock to a signal.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Framing Unit is unable to find the

expected framing pattern.

FrmSync Mask:

IF Syn Lock:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Framing Unit is unable to find the

expected framing pattern.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates the Rx IF Synthesizer is not locked. This alarm

will flash ON during certain modem parameter changes.

A solid indication indicates a hardware or programming

failure within the modem.

Rx Ovrsmp Lk:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the RX Oversample Clock PLL is not

locked. This alarm will flash on during certain modem

parameter changes. A solid indication indicates a

hardware or programming failure within the modem.

Buf Clk Lock:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Buffer Clock PLL is not locked. This

alarm will flash ON during certain modem parameter

changes. A solid indication indicates a problem with the

Receive Buffer Clock.

Minor Tx (menu):

Tx Activity (menu):

4-18

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

TerrClk Mask:

IntClk Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates no Terrestrial Clock activity.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates no SCT Clock activity.

TxSatCk Mask:

Tx Data Mask:

TerrAIS Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates no Tx Sat Clock activity.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates no Tx Data activity.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that AIS has been detected in the Tx Data

Stream.

Drop Alarms (menu):

Frm Lock:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates if drop/insert data is frame locked.

Multiframe Lock: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates if drop/insert data has multiframe lock.

CRC Lock:

RS FIFO:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates if the Circular Redundancy Check is passing in

PCM30C and PCM31C Mode.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates status of the Tx Reed-Solomon FIFO.

FllBack:

Minor Rx (menu):

BufUFLw Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates Tx clock fallback.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that a Doppler Buffer underflow has occurred.

BufOFLw Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that a Doppler Buffer overflow has occurred.

Buf <10% Mask:

Buf >90% Mask:

Viterbi Lock:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Doppler Buffer is about to underflow.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Doppler Buffer is about to overflow.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Viterbi Decoder is not locked.

Eb/No Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No, Yes}

Indicates that the calculated Eb/No of the incoming

signal has fallen below the programmed threshold value.

Rx Activity (menu):

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Buf Clk Mask:

Rx Sat Mask:

Insert Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the selected buffer clock source is not

active.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Rx Sat buffer clock source is not

active.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the Insert buffer clock source is not active.

RX Data Mask:

SatAIS Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Insert Alarms (menu):

Frm Lock Mask: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Multiframe Lock: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

CRC Lock Mask: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

T1 Signaling:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Rx RS Faults (menu):

Dec Lock Mask: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates status of the Reed-Solomon Decoder Lock

Dintlvr Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates status of the Reed-Solomon de-interleaver

word fault

UnCWord Mask: {Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates status of the Reed-Solomon uncoded word

fault.

IBS BER Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that more than 1 bit in 1000 is in error in IBS

Mode.

RxLvl Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates if Rx level is below allowable limits.

Fllback Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates Rx Clock fallback.

Common (menu):

-12 Power:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates power supply voltage out of range.

4-20

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

+12 Power:

+5 Power:

Battery:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates power supply voltage out of range.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates power supply voltage out of range.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that internal clock battery is low.

RAM/ROM:

M&C uProc:

UIO Present:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates M&C memory fault.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates M&C Microprocessor hardware failure.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates absence of Universal Input/Output Module

(UIM) Hardware

IF Present:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates absence of IF hardware detect.

Ext Ref Lock:

Ext EXC Act:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the External Reference PLL is not locked.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates that the External Clock is not active.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Ext Ref Mask:

HiStab Mask:

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates no activity on the External Reference.

{Pass/Fail, No/Yes}

Indicates if High Stability Oscillator is active.

Latched Alrm (menu):

The following alarms are latched in order to catch

intermittent failures:

Note: Refer to Section 4.2.7, “Active Alrms (menu)” for an explanation of these Menu

Options and Parameters.

Major Tx (menu):

TxuProc:

TxPower:

TxOSClk:

CompClk:

TxSynth:

Major Rx (menu):

RxuProc:

SigLoss:

MfrSync:

FrmSync:

IBS BER:

RxIFSynLock:

RxOSPLLLock:

Buf Clk Lock:

Minor Tx (menu):

There are currently no Latched Minor Tx alarms.

4-22

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Minor Rx (menu):

RxBuf Alarms (menu):

BufUFlw:

BufOFLw:

Buf<10%:

Buf>90%:

Rx Activity (menu):

RxSat:

RxData:

SatAIS:

InsClk:

Common (menu):

-12 Power:

+12 Power:

+5 Power:

Battery:

RAM/ROM:

M&C uProc:

Ext Ref Lock:

Backward Alr (menu):

Backward alarms are alarms that are fed back to or

received from the other end of the satellite link. In IBS

Mode (including Drop & Insert), Backward Alarm 1 is the

only one used. It would be received if the distant end

demod drops lock.

Backward 1:

{Rcv = yes/no, Force = yes/no}

{Force = yes/no}

Backward 2:

Backward 3:

Backward 4:

DIYellow:

MapSummaryTo (menu):

Backward 1:

{Xmt = no/yes}

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Backward 2:

Backward 3:

Backward 4:

{Xmt = no/yes}

Clear Alarms:

Allows the user to reset the latched alarms.

4.3.8 System Menu Options and Parameters

Control Mode:

{Front Panel, Terminal, Computer}

Allows the user to select the active control source.

Config Copy

General (menu):

Date:

Allows settings in Config 1-5 or current settings to be

copied into another config slot.

{YY MM DD}

Allows the user to enter the current date.

Time:

{HH:MM:SS}

Allows the user to enter the current time.

Backlight (menu):

Level:

{High, Low}

Allows the user to enter the backlight intensity level.

Timeout:

{00 - 99}

Allows the user to enter the length of time (in seconds) of

keyboard inactivity before the backlight shuts off. 00 =

no timeout.

Key Click:

{On, Off}

Allows the user to enable or disable the audible click

heard each time a key is pressed.

Eb/No Alarm Thrsh

{0.0 – 9.9 dB}

The EB/No Threshold is a value set by the user to allow

the modem to alert thr user, via a demodulator minor

alarm, that the Eb/No calculated by the demodulator has

reached or exceeded the programmed limit. The modem

default value is 0.0 dB.

Radyne DMD15 Version X.X: Modem Version

4-24

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Firmware Rev (menu):

Interface (menu):

UIO Code:

UIO Xilinx:

M&C:

Term Baud:

{Same as remote baud listed below}

Displays the Terminal Port Baud Rate.

Emulation:

{VT100, ADDS-VP, WYSE 50}

Allows the user to select the Terminal Emulation Mode

for the Terminal Port.

Remote Addr:

{32 - 255}

Allows the user to enter the Remote Port Multidrop

Address.

Remote Baud:

{150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38,400}

Allows the user to enter the Remote Port Baud Rate.

4.3.9 Test Menu Options and Parameters

2047 Test:

{None, Tx, Rx, Tx/Rx}

Allows the user to enable or disable the 2047 Pattern

Test. “Tx” enables the transmit pattern generator. “Rx”

enables the receive pattern checker. “Tx/Rx” enables

both.

Insert Errors:

2047 Errors:

{0000 - 9999}

Allows the user to select the number of errors to insert.

Once the number of errors to insert has been selected,

pressing ‘Enter’ twice causes the number of errors

shown to be inserted in the data stream.

{No Sync, nnnn}

Displays the number of errors detected by the 2047

Pattern checker.

2047 BER:

Clear 2047:

{No Sync, nnnn x 10^-9}

Displays the measured BER for the 2047 Pattern.

{Ent = Y, Clr = N}

Restarts 2047 BER Test.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Loopbacks:

IF:

Terrestrial Loopback is performed at the Terrestrial

Interface

IF loopback loops the IF output of the Modulator to the IF

input of the Demodulator. If using 8PSK or 16QAM

modulation the output power must be above –15 dB.

Tx Terr:

Sends Tx Terrestrial Data to Rx data out.

Rx Terr:

(Distant Loop) Sends received satellite data to the

Modulator for transmission to the distant end.

Tx/Rx Terr:

Enables both. Baseband loopback is performed at

interface between the Baseband Processor Card and the

Modem Card. This ensures Framer/Deframer integrity.

Tx BB:

Rx BB:

Sends Tx data to the receive input to the BB Card.

Sends Rx data from the Modem Card to the Tx data

input to the Modem Card.

Tx/RX BB:

Enables both.

Carrier:

CW:

Causes the Modulator to output a pure carrier.

Causes a double sideband output.

Causes a single sideband output.

Dual:

Offset:

Normal:

Pos Fir:

Neg Fir:

Causes the Modulator to output normal modulation.

For manufacturer’s use only.

4.4 DMD15/DMD15L Strap Codes

The Strap Code is a quick set key that sets many of the modem parameters. For quick setup of

the DMD15/DMD15L, Strap Codes are very helpful. When a Strap Code is entered, the modem is

automatically configured for the code’s corresponding data rate, overhead, code rate, framing,

scrambler type and modulation. An example of how to set a strap code follows:

Example: At the Front Panel <Modulator> Menu, depress ‘↓’, then move ‘→’ to the ‘Strap Code’

Submenu and enter #16. The DMD15/DMD15L will be automatically configured to the parameters

shown below in the highlighted row ‘Strap Code 16’.

4-26

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Use the following Strap Code Guide for available strap codes.

Table 4-4. DMD15/DMD15L Strap Codes

Strap

Code

(DEC) (Kbps)

Data

Rate

Code

Rate

Drop and

Insert

Reed-

Solomo

Overhead

Framing Scrambler

Modulation

128

256

384

512

768

1536

1920

2048

1544

2048

6312

8448

16/15

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

QPSK

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

16/15

IBS

128

129

130

132

136

144

96K

IBS

IDR

CNT

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

128

256

320

384

512

768

896

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

896

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

CNT

IBS

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

QPSK

1344

1536

1544

1920

2048

2368

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

160

1544

3072/

2895

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

1920

6312

8448

3152

3264

512

16/15

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

IBS

CNT

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

QPSK

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

16/15

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

1024

CNT

IBS

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

112

131

133

134

137

138

140

145

100

146

16/15

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

128

IBS

256

IBS

192

IBS

192

IBS

320

IBS

320

IBS

384

IBS

448

IBS

448

IBS

4-28

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

104

148

152

161

162

164

168

193

194

196

208

224

576

16/15

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

QPSK

640

704

768

832

896

960

1024

1536

1088

1152

1216

1280

1344

1408

1472

1600

1664

1728

1792

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

1792

16/15

3/4

1/2

3/4

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

QPSK

101

102

105

106

120

135

139

2048

1856

2048

IBS

1544 3072/2095 3/4

IBS

1984

3088

4000

1344

128

16/15

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

3/4

1/2

IBS

16/15

IBS

CNT

IBS

V.35 (IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

141

176

116

1/15

NONE

IBS

DISABLE DISABLE

200

CNT

V.35(IESS) DISABLE DISABLE

4.5 Sample DMD15/DMD15L Applications

The following section provides brief application notes for operating the DMD15/DMD15L and

explains by example how to configure the DMD15/DMD15L for some of the most popular

configurations.

The following information illustrates the allowable combinations for Mode and Data Rate for the

DMD15/DMD15L.

Allowable Combinations: Mode/Rate/Framing.

4-30

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

IDR:

8.448 Mbps

6.312 Mbps

2.048 Mbps

- 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

- 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

1.544 Mbps or Below - 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

IBS:

2.048 Mbps or below

- 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate

Closed Network:

8.448 -96 Kb Framing or No Framing, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

6.312 -96 Kb Framing or No Framing, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

2.048 -96 Kb Framing or 1/15 Framing or No Framing, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

1.544 -96 Kb Framing or 1/15 Framing or No Framing, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

Any Rate 2.048 & lower - 1/15 Framing or No Framing, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 Rate FEC

4.5.1 Operational Case Examples

Note: For best results always begin setup by setting the data rate to 512 Kbps. This data

rate is applicable for all modes and as such provides a convenient launch point for setting

up the modem. Any mode of operation can be entered from this starting point.

Case 1:

IDR 8.448 Mbps, 3/4 Rate Viterbi

Starting with the Data Rate = 512 Kbps

Modulator:

Method 1 -

Set mode to IDR

Under Mod Data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set data rate for 8448000

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF ON

Under Mod IF menu:

Method 2 -

Set Mod strap code to: 128

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF on

Under Mod IF menu:

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Demodulator:

Method 1 -

Set mode to IDR

Under Demod IF menu: Set desired Rx frequency

Under Demod data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set data rate for 8448000

Under Interface menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Method 2 -

Set Demod strap code to 128

Under Demod IF menu, set desired Rx frequency

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Case 2:

IBS 1.544 Mbps, 3/4 Rate Viterbi

Starting with the Data Rate – 512 Kbps

Modulator:

Method 1 -

Set Framing to 1/15

Set mode to IBS

Under Mod Data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set data rate for 1544000

Under Interface Menu:

Under Mod IF menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF ON

Method 2 -

Set Mod strap code to: 120

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF on

Under Mod IF menu:

Demodulator:

Method 1 -

Set Framing to 1/15:

Set mode to IBS:

Under Demod IF menu: Set desired Rx frequency

Under Demod data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set data rate for 1544000

Under Interface menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Method 2 -

4-32

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Set Demod strap code to: 120

User Interfaces

Under Demod IF menu: Set desired Rx frequency

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Case 3:

Closed Network, 3/4 Rate Viterbi, IBS Overhead

Starting with the Data Rate = 512 Kbps

Modulator:

Method 1 -

Set mode to IDR:

Under Mod Data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set Framing for 1/15

Under Interface Menu:

Under Mod IF menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF ON

Method 2 -

Set Mod strap code to: 101

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Tx clock selection

Under Mod IF menu:

Set desired Tx frequency and power level

Turn IF on

Demodulator:

Method 1 -

Set mode to: Closed Net

Under Demod IF menu: Set desired Rx frequency

Under Demod data menu:

Set code rate to 3/4 VIT

Set Framing for 1/15

Under Interface menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Method 2 -

Set Demod strap code to: 101

Under Demod IF menu: Set desired Rx frequency

Under Interface Menu:

Set Interface type

Set Buff clock selection

Set Buffer Size

Case 4:

Loop Timing Example

Method 1 -

Set mode to IBS

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Under Interface menu:

Under Tx Setup menu:

Set INTF to RS-422

Set SCT Source to SCR

Set Tx Clock to SCTE

Method 2 -

Set mode to Closed Net

Under Interface menu:

Under Tx Setup menu:

Set INTF to RS-422

Set SCT Source to SCR

Set Tx Clock to SCTE

4.6 Configuring the DMD15/DMD15L for Drop and Insert

Several dependencies exist when configuring the modem for Drop and Insert (D&I). The following

paragraphs explain these dependencies and provide the user with the information required to

ensure smooth transition into D&I and to minimize the potential impact of these dependencies.

4.6.1 Data Rate

Data Rate affects the Drop and Insert function in the following ways:

It determines the number of Satellite Channels that will be displayed in the Edit Maps.

It contributes to the Operational Mode selection process. Trying to change the

Operational Mode to D&I when a data rate is not set to a valid D&I rate will result in the

error message ‘INVALID DATA RATE,’ and the mode change will not be allowed.

It contributes to the Terrestrial Framing Mode selection process. Trying to select a T1-

type Drop Mode such as T1-ESF with the mod data rate set to 1920000 bps (a valid E1

D&I rate but not a valid T1 rate) will result in the error message ‘INVALID DROP MODE’

and the selection will not be allowed. Trying to select a T1 type Insert Mode such as T1-

D4 with the demod data rate set to 1920000 bps will result in the error message INVALID

INSERT MODE and the selection will not be allowed.

Once D&I Mode has been selected, trying to change the data rate to something other

than another valid D&I data rate will result in the error message ‘RATE OUT OF

BOUNDS’ and the change will not be allowed.

Once D&I Mode has been selected with a T1 Terrestrial Framing Mode, attempting to

change the data rate to 1920000 will result in the error message ‘RATE OUT OF

BOUNDS’ and the change will not be allowed.

Therefore, the data rate should be entered as the first step in configuring the modem for D&I. The

Mod Data Rate should be set according to the number of timeslots to be dropped and the Demod

Data Rate should be set according to the number of timeslots to be inserted. The following table

gives the allowable D&I data rates based on the number of slots (n) to be dropped or inserted.

n = 1, data rate = 64000

n = 2, data rate = 128000

n = 3, data rate = 192000

n = 4, data rate = 256000

n = 5, data rate = 320000

n = 6, data rate = 384000

n = 8, data rate = 512000

n = 10, data rate = 640000

n = 12, data rate = 768000

4-34

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

n = 15, data rate = 960000

n = 16, data rate = 1024000

n = 20, data rate = 1280000

n = 24, data rate = 1536000

n = 30, data rate = 1920000 (valid with E1 Interface only)

4.6.2 Operational Mode

The Operational Mode of the Modem often determines which additional menus and displays are

available for use by the operator. The D&I Mode-specific menus will not be displayed unless the

Operational Mode of the modem is set to D&I. Therefore, the second step in configuring the

modem should be to set the Operational Mode to D&I. At this point, the D&I specific menus in the

Interface section will become available and will remain available until the Operational Mode of the

modem is changed to something other than D&I. When the Operational Mode is changed to

something other than D&I, the D&I specific menus will automatically disappear.

4.6.3 Terrestrial Framing - Drop Mode/Insert Mode

The Drop Mode Selection and the Insert Mode Selection identify the Terrestrial Data-Framing

Format. As previously mentioned, their selection is influenced by the Modulator and Demodulator

Data Rates, and trying to select a T1 Type Framing Format with a data rate of 1920000 bps will

result in an error message. In turn, the selection of the terrestrial framing formats influences the

satellite channel to terrestrial timeslot mappings in the following manner:

The selection of T1-D4, T1-ESF, or SLC-96 type terrestrial framing format limits the

terrestrial timeslots to values from 1-24.

The selection of PCM-30 or PCM-30C type terrestrial framing limits the terrestrial

timeslots to values from 1-15, 17-31. In these modes, terrestrial timeslot 16 is reserved

for ABCD signaling and may not be dropped or inserted.

The selection of PCM-31 or PCM-31C type terrestrial framing limits the terrestrial

timeslots to values from 1-31. Therefore, the terrestrial framing format should be

identified via the Drop Mode and Insert Mode entries prior to editing the Drop or Insert

satellite channel to terrestrial timeslot maps.

4.6.3.1 Insert Terrestrial Frame Source

The Insert Terrestrial Frame Source selection tells the Modem from where the Insert Terrestrial

Frame is coming.

External:

Internal:

Indicates that the terrestrial frame is to be input via the Insert Data In Port.

Indicates that the modem needs to generate the terrestrial frame and that all non-

inserted timeslots need to be filled with the appropriate idle code based upon the

terrestrial framing (T1 or E1).

The selection of the Insert Terrestrial Frame Source also influences the Buffer Clock selection in

the following manner:

When the Insert Terrestrial Frame Source selection is set to External, the received satellite data

will be clocked out of the Doppler Buffer based upon the clock recovered from the insert data

input. Therefore, the Buffer Clock selection will automatically be set to External and cannot be

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

modified. Attempts to select a different buffer clock will result in the error message INVALID

BUFFER CLOCK and the selection will not be allowed.

When the Insert Terrestrial Frame Source selection is set to Internal, the operator needs to

specify how data should be clocked out of the Doppler Buffer. In this case, the operator will be

able to select SCTE, SCT, RX SAT, or EXT EXC as the source for the Buffer Clock. Therefore,

the Insert Terrestrial Frame Source selection should be made prior to attempting to change the

Buffer Clock. In most instances, the Insert Terrestrial Frame Source selection will be set to

External and the Buffer Clock will automatically be set to External.

4.6.4 D&I Sample Configurations and D&I Clock Setup Options

The following are several examples of how to configure the modem for D&I. Also, refer to Figures

3-14 through 3-17 for the D&I Clocking Setup Options Available.

Example 1:

Drop 512 Kbps from a T1 trunk, 3/4 rate Viterbi

Insert 512 Kbps into a T1 trunk, 3/4 rate Viterbi

Drop 512 Kbps from a T1 trunk, 3/4 rate Viterbi

Under Modulator:

Under Mod Data:

Set Data Rate = 512000

Set Conv Enc = VIT 3/4

Under Modulator:

Set Mode = Drop & Insert

4-36

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Under Interface:

Under TX Setup:

Set Tx Type according to your hardware configuration (example:

G703BT1B8ZS)

Set Tx Clock = SCTE

Under Tx D&I:

Set Drop Mode = T1-D4

Use SATCh TS edit capability to define desired mapping of

Satellite Channels to drop Terrestrial Slots

Use Map Copy to copy Tx Edit to Tx Active

Under Modulator:

Under Mod IF:

Set Frequency to desired value

Turn IF Output Power On

Under Demodulator:

Under Demod Data:

Set Data Rate = 512000

Set Conv Enc = VIT 3/4

Under Demodulator:

Set Mode = Drop & Insert

Under Interface:

Under RX Setup:

Set Rx Type according to your hardware configuration

Set Buff Size to desired depth

Under Rx D&I:

Set Insert Mode = T1-D4

Set T1 E1 Frm Src = External

Use SATCh TS edit capability to define proper mapping of

Satellite Channels to insert Terrestrial Slots

Use Map Copy to copy Rx Edit to Rx Active

Under Demodulator:

Under Demod IF:

Set Frequency to desired value

Example 2:

Multidestinational Remote Site Programming

Drop 512 Kbps from a T1 trunk, 3/4 rate Viterbi.

Extract 512 Kbps from a 1536 Kbps carrier and insert into a

T1 trunk, 3/4 rate Viterbi.

Drop 512 Kbps from a T1 trunk, 3/4 Rate Viterbi

Configuration setup is exactly as previously shown in Example 1.

Extract 512 Kbps from a 1536 Kbps carrier and insert into a T1 trunk, 3/4 Rate

Viterbi

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Under Demodulator:

Under Demod Data:

Set Data Rate = 1536000

Set Conv Enc = VIT 3/4

Under Demodulator:

Set Mode = Drop & Insert

Under Interface:

Under RX Setup:

Set Rx Type according to your hardware configuration

Set Buff Size to desired depth

Under Rx D&I:

Set Insert Mode = T1-D4

Set T1 E1 Frm Src = External

Use SATCh TS edit capability to define proper mapping of Satellite

Channels to insert Terrestrial Slots

For Satellite Channels that are not to be inserted, enter “NI” (No Insert)

for the Terrestrial Slot

Use Map Copy to copy Rx Edit to Rx Active

Under Demodulator:

Under Demod IF:

Set Frequency to desired value.

Figures 4-3 through 4-6 illustrate D&I Clock Setup Options

Figure 4-3. Transmit Trunk and Receive Trunk

4-38

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Figure 4-4. Single Trunk

Figure 4-5. Rx Only With Trunk

Figure 4-6. Rx Only No Trunk

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

4.7 D&I Maps and Map Editing

The Drop and Insert multiplexer is programmed by loading it with a transmit and receive map.

Maps always contain 30 entries, although, only the first “n” entries are relevant (see Table 4-5).

The DMD15/DMD15L includes provisions to copy, change, and store the D&I transmit and receive

maps directly from the Front Panel or via the remote M&C link. These maps are tables that are

used to define and configure the D&I functions. Each map contains up to 30 entries, which are

enough to define the channel assignments for a T1 (24 channel) or E1 (30 channel) frame

structure. Maps that are created are stored in non-volatile battery backed-up memory within the

modem and remain unchanged after a power-down.

Table 4-5. D&I Multiplexer Map

Locations Used

Data Rate

(Kbps)

Map Locations

Used (n =

1,2,4,8,16,24,30)

128

1-2

256

1-4

384

1-6

512

1-8

768

1-12

1-16

1-24

1-30

1024

1536

1920

It is important to understand that each map contains up to 30 usable entries. In many cases a

smaller number of entries will be relevant, except when the data rate is 1920 Kbps, in which case

30 entries will used by the multiplexer. To determine the number of relevant entries, divide the

data rate by 64 Kbps.

For example:

At 384 Kbps, 384/64 = 6 entries.

So in this case only the first six entries of the map would be relevant.

The Modem is equipped with eight permanently stored default maps, which are designated

ROM 1 through ROM 8. The user may also define, modify, and save an additional eight maps

which are designated USER 1 through USER 8. Note that the ROM maps are read-only and may

not be modified (refer to Table 4-6).

4-40

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Table 4-6. D&I ROM Maps

T1/E1 Time Slot

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Since the D&I Functions are separate and distinct, two separate maps must be configured at the

start of the D&I Multiplexer Operation. These are the Tx (transmit) Active Map for Drop Mapping

and the Rx (receive) Active Map for Insert Mapping. The number of entries in each map is

determined by the data rates selected. Each map entry consists of an IBS Time Slot assignment

and the Terrestrial (T1 or E1) Channel Number it is assigned to. Drop Mapping and Insert

Mapping are completely separate and independent.

The map that is actually used for the Drop Function is the Tx Active Map; the map that is actually

used for the Insert function is the Rx Active Map. Two additional maps exist: the Tx Edit Map and

the Rx Edit Map. The Edit Maps are the buffer areas that are used when creating or modifying a

map through the modem’s LCD; when editing is complete, the appropriate map should be copied

to the Active Map.

Any map may be copied to any other map with the exception of the ROM maps. These maps may

only be the source of the data used to create a User, Edit, or Active Map.

Maps can be created in the map editor and stored as “User Maps”. New “Active Maps” can be

downloaded during Modem Operation but this will result in a temporary disruption of service on

the terrestrial line or the Satellite transmission.

The following paragraphs give examples of typical configurations that could use the ROM Maps

as templates. The ROM Map used would have to be first copied to the appropriate Active

Transmit (Drop) and/or Active Receive (Insert) Map(s) before it could be used. To use a

modification of a ROM Map, the ROM Map must first be copied to the appropriate Edit Map, then

modified, and then copied to the appropriate Active Map.

Note: The mapping of channels to time slots is arbitrary; it is not necessary to map CH1 to

TS1, CH2 to TS2, etc. The channel to the time slot mapping may be in any order within the

constraints of the number of available channels.

For example, ROM Map 1 could be used as the template for as Active Transmit (Drop) Map for a

modulator configured for 64 Kbps operation. Only the first time slot of the T1 or E1 frame would

be dropped into the modulator transmit path. The Drop Multiplexer would know to look only at the

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

first entry in the Active Transmit table and would ignore the other 29 entries. If the map contained

an “8” in its first entry, the eighth channel of the T1/E1 frame would be sent to the modulator.

ROM Map 2 could be used as the template for an Active Receive (Insert) Map for a demodulator

configured for 128 Kbps operation. The demodulated data in the receive path would be inserted

into the first two time slots of the T1 or E1 frame. The Insert Multiplexer would know to look only

at the first two entries in the Active Receive table and would ignore the other 28 entries. If the first

two entries were modified to contain a 27 and 28, the data would be inserted into the 27^thand 28^th

time slots of the E1 frame.

ROM Map 3 could be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) Map with a modulator

and/or demodulator configured for 256 Kbps operation. The T1 or E1 Data in the transmit path or

the demodulated data in the receive path would be dropped from and/or inserted into the first four

time slots of the T1 or E1 frame. The Multiplexer would know to look only at the first four entries

in the Active map(s) and would ignore the other 26 entries.

ROM Map 4 could be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) or Active Receive

(Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 384 Kbps operation. The T1 or

E1 Data in the transmit path or the demodulated data in the receive path would be dropped from

and/or inserted into the first six time slots of the T1 or E1 frame. The Insert Multiplexer would

know to look only at the first six entries in the Active map(s) and would ignore the other 24 entries.

To Drop the last six channels of a T1 frame into a modulator transmit path, the first six entries of

the Active Transmit map should contain 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24.

ROM Map 5 could be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active Receive

(Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 512 Kbps operation. The T1 or

E1 Data in the transmit path or the demodulated data in the receive path would be dropped from

and or inserted into the first eight time slots of the T1 or E1 frame. The Multiplexer would know to

look only at the first eight entries in the Active map(s) and would ignore the other 22 entries. To

insert data received from a demodulator into channels 17 through 24 of an E1 frame, the first

eight entries of the Active Receive map should contain 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24.

ROM Map 6 could be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active Receive

(Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 768 Kbps operation. The T1 or

E1 Data in the transmit path or the demodulated data in the receive path would be dropped from

and or inserted into the first 12 time slots of the T1 or E1 frame. The Multiplexer would know to

look only at the first 12 entries in the Active map(s) and would ignore the other 18 entries. To

insert data received from a demodulator into channels 3 through 14 of an E1 frame, the first 12

entries of the Active Receive map should contain 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14.

ROM Map 7 could be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active Receive

(Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 1920 Kbps operation. This

would be used with E1 frames where time slot 16 is not used for the multiframe alignment signal

and therefore channels 1 through 30 are mapped directly with time slots 1 through 30.

ROM Map 7 could also be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active

Receive (Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 1024 Kbps operation.

This would be used with T1 or E1 frames where channels 1 through 16 are mapped into time slots

1 through 16 (in any order). Map slots 17 through 30 would be ignored.

ROM Map 7 could also be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active

Receive (Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 1536 Kbps operation.

This would be used with T1 frames where channels 1 through 24 are mapped into time slots 1

through 24 (in any order). Map slots 25 through 30 would be ignored.

ROM Map 8 could also be used as the template for an Active Transmit (Drop) and/or Active

Receive (Insert) Map with a modulator and/or demodulator configured for 1920 Kbps operation.

However, this mapping would be relevant with E1 frames where time slot 16 is used for the

4-42

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

multiframe alignment signal and therefore channels 1 through 30 are mapped to time slots 1

through 16 and 17 through 31.

4.8 Terminal Mode Control

The DMD15/DMD15L Terminal Mode Control allows the use of an external terminal or computer

to monitor and control the modem from a full screen interactive presentation operated by the

modem itself. No external software is required other than VT100 Terminal Emulation Software

(e.g. “Procomm” for a computer when used as a terminal. The Control Port is normally used as

an RS–232 Connection to the terminal device. The RS-232 operating parameters can be set

using the modem Front Panel and stored in EEPROM for future use.

4.8.1 Modem Terminal Mode Control

The modem can be interactively monitored and controlled in the Terminal Mode, with a full screen

presentation of current settings and status. Programming is accomplished by selecting the item to

be modified and pressing the terminal key of the option number. For example, to change the

transmit data rate, enter ‘33’ at the terminal. The modem will respond by presenting the options

available and requesting input. Two types of input may be requested. If the input is multiple

choice, the desired choice is selected by pressing the ‘Space’ key. When the desired option is

displayed, press the ‘Enter’ key to select that option. The other possible input type requires a

numerical input (such as entering a frequency or data rate. This type of input is followed by

pressing the ‘Enter’ or carriage return key. An input can be aborted at any time by pressing the

‘ESC’ key. Invalid input keys cause an error message to be displayed on the terminal.

The Terminal Control Mode supports serial baud rates of 150, 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,

19200, and 38400. The connection must be set for 8 data bits, 1 stop bit and no parity (8,N,1).

Three terminal emulations are supported: VT100, WYSE 50, and ADDS-VP.

“$” is used for setting the screen when the terminal is used is used for the first time or the non-

volatile memory gets reset.

4.8.2 Modem Setup for Terminal Mode

Terminal Mode Communications and Protocol is set from the Front Panel Control by setting the

“Control Mode” Parameter to “Terminal”, and then setting the “Modem Port”, “Term Baud” and

“Emulation” Parameters as desired. Then a terminal is connected to Connector J5 on the Back

Panel. All operating software for the Terminal Mode is contained within the DMD15/DMD15L

Modem Internal Control Software.

A “break” signal on the communications line, pressing “ESC” on the terminal or Power On of the

modem will initiate full screen terminal mode printing and redraw the full screen. The Terminal

Mode displays the present status of all user parameters controlled and read by the processor, and

offers a menu allowing change to any controlled parameter.

The Terminal Mode uses eight “Screens,” each of which have the basic contents of the three

modem monitor and control areas as set in the Front Panel matrix columns. This screen is used

for setting the parameters of the Modulator, Demodulator, Event, Alarm, Latched Alarm, Drop

Controls, Insert Controls, and Interface Areas.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

4.9 Modem Remote Communications

4.9.1 Host Computer Remote Communications

NOTE: This specification is applicable to the DMD15, DMD10 and DMD10L Modems. Any

reference to the DMD15 in this document can be applicable to any one of these three

modems.

Control and status messages are conveyed between the DMD15 and the subsidiary modems and

the host computer using packetized message blocks in accordance with a proprietary

communications specification. This communication is handled by the Radyne Link Level Protocol

(RLLP), which serves as a protocol ‘wrapper’ for the RM&C data. Complete information on

monitor and control software is contained in the following sections.

4.9.1.1 Protocol Structure

The Communications Specification (COMMSPEC) defines the interaction of computer resident

Monitor and Control Software used in satellite earth station equipment such as modems,

redundancy switches, multiplexers, and other ancillary support gear. Communication is bi-

directional, and is normally established on one or more full-duplex 9600-baud multi-drop control

buses that conform to EIA Standard RS-485.

Each piece of earth station equipment on a control bus has a unique physical address, which is

assigned during station setup/configuration or prior to shipment. Valid decimal addresses on one

control bus range from 032 through 255 for a total of up to 224 devices per bus. Address 255 of

each control bus is usually reserved for the M&C computer.

4.9.1.2 Protocol Wrapper

The Radyne COMMSPEC is byte-oriented, with the Least Significant Bit (LSB) issued first. Each

data byte is conveyed as mark/space information with two marks comprising the stop data. When

the last byte of data is transmitted, a hold comprises one steady mark (the last stop bit). To begin

or resume data transfer, a space (00h) substitutes this mark. This handling scheme is controlled

by the hardware and is transparent to the user. A pictorial representation of the data and its

surrounding overhead may be shown as follows:

B⁰

S2, etc.

The Stop Bits, S1 and S2, are each a mark. Data flow remains in a hold mode until S2 is replaced

by a space. If S2 is followed by a space, it is considered a start bit for the data byte and not part of

the actual data (^B0- B 7).

The COMMSPEC developed for use with the Radyne Link Level Protocol (RLLP) organizes the

actual monitor and control data within a shell, or ‘protocol wrapper’, that surrounds the data. The

format and structure of the COMMSPEC message exchanges are described herein. Decimal

numbers have no suffix; hexadecimal numbers end with a lower case ‘h’ suffix and binary values

have a lower case ‘b’ suffix. Thus, 22 = 16h = 000010110b. The principal elements of a data

frame, in order of occurrence, are summarized as follows:

<SYNC>:

The message format header character, or ASCII sync

character, that defines the beginning of a message. The

<SYNC> character value is always 16h.

<BYTE COUNT>:

The Byte Count is the number of bytes in the <DATA>

field, ranging from 0 through 255 for the DMD5000

protocol (1 Byte), or ranging from 0 through 509 for the

DMD15 protocol (2 Bytes).

4-44

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

<SOURCE ID>:

The Source Identifier defines the multi-drop address

origin.

Note: All nodes on a given control bus have a unique

address that must be defined.

<DESTINATION ID>:

The Destination Identifier serves as a pointer to the

multi-drop destination device that indicates where the

message is to be sent.

<FRAME SEQUENCE NUMBER>:

The Frame Sequence Number (FSN) is a tag with a

value from O through 255 that is sent with each

message. It assures sequential information framing and

correct equipment acknowledgment and data transfers.

<OPCODE>:

The Operation Code field contains a number that

identifies the message type associated with the data that

follows it. Equipment under MCS control recognizes this

byte via firmware identification and subsequently steers

the DATA accordingly to perform a specific function or

series of functions. Acknowledgment and error codes are

returned in this field. 1 Byte for the DMD5000 protocol,

and 2 Bytes for the DMD15 protocol.

<DATA >:

The Data field contains the binary, bi-directional data

bytes associated with the <OPCODE>. The number of

data bytes in this field is indicated by the <BYTE

COUNT> value.

<CHECKSUM>:

The checksum is the modulo 256 sum of all preceding

message bytes, excluding the <SYNC> character. The

checksum determines the presence or absence of errors

within the message. In a message block with the

following parameters, the checksum is computed as

shown in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7. Checksum Calculation Example

BYTE FIELD

<BYTE COUNT> (Byte 1)

<BYTE COUNT> (Byte 2)

DATA CONTENT

00h = 00000000b

02h = 00000010b

F0h = 11110000b

2Ah = 00101010b

09h = 00001001b

00h = 00000000b

03h = 00000011b

DFh = 11011111b

FEh = 11111110b

RUNNING CHECKSUM

00000000b

00000010b

11110010b

<FSN>

00011100b

00100101b

<OPCODE> (Byte 1)

<OPCODE> (Byte 2)

<DATA> (Byte 1)

00100101b

00101000b

00000111b

<DATA> (Byte 2)

00000101b

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-45

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Thus, the checksum is 00000101b; which is 05h or 5 decimal. Alternative methods of calculating

the checksum for the same message frame are:

00h + 02h + F0h + 2Ah + 09h + 00h + 03h + DFh + FEh = 305h.

Since the only concern is the modulo 256 (modulo 1 00h) equivalent (values that can be

represented by a single 8-bit byte), the checksum is 05h.

For a decimal checksum calculation, the equivalent values for each information field are:

0 + 2 + 240 + 42 + 9 + 0 + 3 + 223 + 254 = 773;

773/256 = 3 with a remainder of 5.

This remainder is the checksum for the frame.

5 (decimal) = 05h = 0101b = <CHECKSUM>

4.9.1.3 Frame Description and Bus Handshaking

In a Monitor and Control environment, every message frame on a control bus port executes as a

packet in a loop beginning with a wait-for-SYNC-character mode. The remaining message format

header information is then loaded, either by the M&C computer or by a subordinate piece of

equipment (such as the DMD15) requesting access to the bus. Data is processed in accordance

with the OPCODE, and the checksum for the frame is calculated. If the anticipated checksum

does not match, then a checksum error response is returned to the message frame originator.

The entire message frame is discarded and the wait-for-SYNC mode goes back into effect. If the

OPCODE resides within a command message, it defines the class of action that denotes an

instruction that is specific to the device type, and is a prefix to the DATA field if data is required. If

the OPCODE resides within a query message packet, then it defines the query code, and can

serve as a prefix to query code DATA.

The Frame Sequence Number (FSN) is included in every message packet, and increments

sequentially. When the M & C computer or bus-linked equipment initiates a message, it assigns

the FSN as a tag for error control and handshaking. A different FSN is produced for each new

message from the FSN originator to a specific device on the control bus. If a command packet is

sent and not received at its intended destination, then an appropriate response message is not

received by the packet originator. The original command packet is then re-transmitted with the

same FSN. If the repeated message is received correctly at this point, it is considered a new

message and is executed and acknowledged as such.

If the command packet is received at its intended destination but the response message

(acknowledgment) is lost, then the message originator (usually the M&C computer) re-transmits

the original command packet with the same FSN. The destination device detects the same FSN

and recognizes that the message is a duplicate, so the associated commands within the packet

are not executed a second time. However, the response packet is again sent back to the source

as an acknowledgment in order to preclude undesired multiple executions of the same command.

To reiterate, valid equipment responses to a message require the FSN tag in the command

packet. This serves as part of the handshake/acknowledge routine. If a valid response message

is absent, then the command is re-transmitted with the same FSN. For a repeat of the same

command involving iterative processes (such as increasing or decreasing the transmit power level

of a DMD15 modulator), the FSN is incremented after each message packet. When the FSN

value reaches 255, it overflows and begins again at zero. The FSN tag is a powerful tool that

assures sequential information framing, and is especially useful where commands require more

than one message packet.

4-46

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

The full handshake/acknowledgment involves a reversal of source and destination ID codes in the

next message frame, followed by a response code in the <OPCODE> field of the message packet

from the equipment under control.

If a command packet is sent and not received at its intended destination, a timeout condition can

occur because a response message is not received by the packet originator. On receiving devices

slaved to an M & C computer, the timeout delay parameters may be programmed into the

equipment in accordance with site requirements by Radyne Corp. prior to shipment, or altered by

qualified personnel. The FSN handshake routines must account for timeout delays and be able to

introduce them as well.

4.9.1.4 Global Response Operational Codes

In acknowledgment (response) packets, the operational code <OPCODE> field of the message

packet is set to 0 by the receiving devices when the message intended for the device is evaluated

as valid. The device that receives the valid message then exchanges the <SOURCE ID> with the

<DESTINATION ID>, sets the <OPCODE> to zero in order to indicate that a good message was

received, and returns the packet to the originator. This "GOOD MESSAGE" Opcode is one of nine

global responses. Global response opcodes are common responses, issued to the M&C

computer or to another device, that can originate from and are interpreted by all Radyne

equipment in the same manner. These are summarized as follows (all opcode values are

expressed in decimal form):

Table 4-8. Response OPCODES

Response OPCODE Description

Good Message

OPCODE

000d = 0000h

255d = 00FFh

254d = 00FEh

253d = 00FDh

252d = 00FCh

251d = 00FBh

250d = 00FAh

249d = 00F9h

248d = 00F8h

Bad Parameter

Bad Opcode

Bad Checksum

Command Not Allowed in LOCAL Mode

Command Not Allowed in AUTO Mode

Bad Destination

Unable to Process Command

Packet Too Long

The following response error codes are specific to the DMD15:

DMD15 Response Error Code Descriptions

MPARM_MODEMNUMBER_ERROR

MPARM_FREQUENCY_ERROR

MPARM_STRAP_ERROR

OPCODE

0x0400

0x0401

0x0402

0x0403

0x0404

0x0405

0x0406

MPARM_FILTERMASK_ERROR

MPARM_DATARATE_ERROR

MPARM_EXTEXCCLOCK_ERROR

MPARM_EXTREFERENCE_ERROR

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-47

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

0x0407

MPARM_EXTREFSOURCE_ERROR

MPARM_MODULATIONTYPE_ERROR

MPARM_CONVENCODER_ERROR

MPARM_REEDSOLOMON_ERROR

MPARM_SCRAMBLERCONTROL_ERROR

MPARM_SCRAMBLERTYPE_ERROR

MPARM_IBSSCRAMBLER_ERROR

MPARM_V35SCRAMBLER_ERROR

MPARM_DIFFERENTIALENCODER_ERROR

MPARM_XMITPOWERLEVEL_ERROR

MPARM_CARRIERCONTROL_ERROR

MPARM_CARRIERSELECTION_ERROR

MPARM_SPECTRUM_ERROR

0x0408

0x0409

0x040A

0x040B

0x040C

0x040D

0x040E

0x040F

0x0410

0x0411

0x0412

0x0413

0x0414

0x0415

0x0416

0x0417

0x0418

0x0419

0x041A

0x041B

0x041D

0x041E

0x041F

0x0420

0x0421

0x0422

0x0423

0x0424

0x0425

0x0426

0x0427

0x0428

0x0429

0x042A

0x042B

MPARM_OPERATINGMODE_ERROR

MPARM_TERRLOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_BASELOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_CLOCKCONTROL_ERROR

MPARM_CLOCKPOLARITY_ERROR

MPARM_FRAMING_ERROR

MPARM_DROPMODE_ERROR

MPARM_SCTSOURCE_ERROR

MPARM_DROPMAP_ERROR

MPARM_T1D4YELLOW_ERROR

MPARM_FORCEDALARMS_ERROR

MPARM_ALARMMASKENABLE_ERROR

MPARM_ALARMMASK_ERROR

MPARM_MODE_ERROR

MPARM_CIRCUITID_ERROR

MPARM_ESCCHANNEL1VOLUME_ERROR

MPARM_ESCCHANNEL2VOLUME_ERROR

MPARM_TERRESTRIAL_LOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_INTERFACE_LOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_IF_LOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_INTERFACETYPE_ERROR

MPARM_INTERFACENOTPRESENT_ERROR

MPARM_INTERFACECOMMUNICATION_ERROR

4-48

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

MPARM_SYMBOLRATE_ERROR

0x042C

0x042D

0x042F

0x0430

0x0431

0x0432

0x0433

0x0434

0x0435

0x0436

0x0437

0x0438

0x0439

0x043A

0x043B

0x043C

0x043D

0x043E

0x043F

0x0440

0x0441

0x0442

0x0443

0x0444

MPARM_NOTIMPLEMENTED_ERROR

MPARM_TRANSFERTYPE_ERROR

MPARM_SUMMARYFAULT_ERROR

MPARM_DATAINVERT_ERROR

MPARM_ESCSOURCE_ERROR

MPARM_FMORDERWIRE_ERROR

MPARM_FMTESTTONE_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCLOCALENABLE_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCREMOTEENABLE_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCLOCALCLACTION_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCREMOTECLACTION_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCTRACKINGRATE_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCREMOTEBBLOOPBACK_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCREMOTE2047_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCEBNO_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCMINPOWER_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCMAXPOWER_ERROR

MPARM_AUPCNOMINALPOWER_ERROR

MPARM_CONFIGURATIONSOURCE_ERROR

MPARM_CONFIGURATIONDESTINATION_ERROR

MPARM_CONFIGURATION_ERROR

MPARM_CARRIERDELAY_ERROR

MPARM_TIME_MARK_ERROR

DPARM_MODE_ERROR

DPARM_FREQUENCY_ERROR

DPARM_SWEEPDELAY_ERROR

DPARM_DATARATE_ERROR

0x0600

0x0601

0x0602

0x0603

0x0604

0x0605

0x0606

0x0607

0x0608

0x0609

0x060A

DPARM_SWEEPBOUNDARY_ERROR

DPARM_LEVELLIMIT_ERROR

DPARM_STRAP_ERROR

DPARM_FILTERMASK_ERROR

DPARM_DEMODULATIONTYPE_ERROR

DPARM_CONVDECODER_ERROR

DPARM_REEDSOLOMON_ERROR

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-49

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

DPARM_DIFFERENTIALDECODER_ERROR

0x060B

0x060C

0x060D

0x060E

0x060F

0x0610

0x0611

0x0612

0x0613

0x0614

0x0615

0x0616

0x0617

0x0618

0x0619

0x061A

0x061B

0x061C

0x061D

0x061E

0x061F

0x0620

0x0621

0x0622

0x0623

0x0624

0x0625

0x0626

0x0627

0x0628

0x062C

0x062D

0x062E

0x062F

0x0630

0x0631

DPARM_DESCRAMBLERCONTROL_ERROR

DPARM_DESCRAMBLERTYPE_ERROR

DPARM_SPECTRUM_ERROR

DPARM_BUFFERSIZE_ERROR

DPARM_BUFFERCLOCK_ERROR

DPARM_BUFFERCLOCKPOL_ERROR

DPARM_INSERTMODE_ERROR

DPARM_T1SIGNALING_ERROR

DPARM_T1E1FRAMESOURCE_ERROR

DPARM_FRAMING_ERROR

DPARM_OPERATINGMODE_ERROR

DPARM_MAPSUMMARY_ERROR

DPARM_AUTOALARM_ERROR

DPARM_BEREXPONENT_ERROR

DPARM_CIRCUITID_ERROR

DPARM_TERRLOOPBACK_ERROR

DPARM_BASELOOPBACK_ERROR

DPARM_IFLOOPBACK_ERROR

DPARM_INTERFACETYPE_ERROR

DPARM_INTERFACENOTPRESENT_ERROR

DPARM_INTERFACECOMMUNICATION_ERROR

DPARM_SYMBOLRATE_ERROR

DPARM_NOTIMPLEMENTED_ERROR

DPARM_DATAINVERT_ERROR

DPARM_SUMMARYFAULT_ERROR

DPARM_EXTERNALEXCSOURCE_ERROR

DPARM_CLEARLATCHEDALARM1_ERROR

DPARM_CLEARLATCHEDALARM2_ERROR

DPARM_CLEARLATCHEDALARM3_ERROR

DPARM_ASYNCMODE_ERROR

DPARM_ASYNCBAUDRATE_ERROR

DPARM_ASYNCTYPE_ERROR

DPARM_ASYNCDATABITS_ERROR

DPARM_TIME_MARK_ERROR

DPARM_REACQ_SWEEP_LIMIT_ERROR

4-50

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

MDPARM_MAPNUMBER_ERROR

0x0A00

0x0A01

0x0A02

0x0A05

0x0A06

0x0A07

MDPARM_TIME_ERROR

MDPARM_DATE_ERROR

MDPARM_TERMINALEMULATION_ERROR

MDPARM_TERMINALBAUDRATE_ERROR

MDPARM_EBNO_THRESHOLD_ERROR

4.9.1.5 Collision Avoidance

When properly implemented, the physical and logical devices and ID addressing scheme of the

COMMSPEC normally precludes message packet contention on the control bus. The importance

of designating unique IDs for each device during station configuration cannot be overemphasized.

One pitfall, which is often overlooked, concerns multi-drop override IDs. All too often, multiple

devices of the same type are assigned in a direct-linked ("single-thread") configuration accessible

to the M&C computer directly.

For example, if two DMD15 Modems with different addresses (DESTINATION IDs) are linked to

the same control bus at the same hierarchical level, both will attempt to respond to the M&C

computer when the computer generates a multi-drop override ID of 22. If their actual setup

parameters, status, or internal timing differs, they will both attempt to respond to the override

simultaneously with different information or asynchronously in their respective message packets

and response packets, causing a collision on the serial control bus.

To preclude control bus data contention, different IDs must always be assigned to the equipment.

If two or more devices are configured for direct-linked operation, then the M&C computer and all

other devices configured in the same manner must be programmed to inhibit broadcast of the

corresponding multi-drop override ID.

The multi-drop override ID is always accepted by devices of the same type on a common control

bus, independent of the actual DESTINATION ID. These override IDs with the exception of

“BROADCAST” are responded to by all directly-linked devices of the same type causing

contention on the bus. The “BROADCAST” ID, on the other hand, is accepted by all equipment

but none of then returns a response packet to the remote M&C.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-51

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

The following multi-drop override IDs are device-type specific, with the exception of

"BROADCAST". These are summarized below with ID values expressed in decimal notation:

Directly-Addressed Equipment

Broadcast (all directly-linked devices)

DMD-3000/4000, 4500 or 5000 Mod Section, DMD15

DMD-3000/4000, 4500 or 5000 Demod Section, DMD15

RCU-340 1:1 Switch

Multi-Drop Override ID

RCS-780 1:N Switch

RMUX-340 Cross-Connect Multiplexer

CDS-780 Clock Distribution System

SOM-340 Second Order Multiplexer

DMD-4500/5000 Modulator Section

DMD-4500/5000 Demodulator Section

RCU-5000 M:N Switch

DMD15 Modulator

DMD15 Demodulator

DMD15 Modem

DVB3000/3030 Video Modulator, DM240

RCS20 M:N Switch

RCS10 M:N Switch

RCS11 1:1 Switch

Reserved for future equipment types

27-31

Note that multi-drop override IDs 01 or 02 can be used interchangeably to broadcast a message

to a DMD-3000/4000 modem, or to a DMD-4500/5000, or to a DMD15 modem. Radyne Corp.

recommends that the multi-drop override IDs be issued only during system configuration as a bus

test tool by experienced programmers, and that they not be included in run-time software. It is

also advantageous to consider the use of multiple bus systems where warranted by a moderate to

large equipment complement.

Therefore, if a DMD15 Modulator is queried for its equipment type identifier, it will return a "20"

and DMD15 Demodulator will return a "21". A DMD15 Modem will also return a "22".

4-52

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

4.9.1.6 Software Compatibility

The COMMSPEC, operating in conjunction within the RLLP shell, provides for full forward and

backward software compatibility independent of the software version in use. New features are

appended to the end of the DATA field without OPCODE changes. Older software simply discards

the data as extraneous information without functional impairment for backward compatibility.

If new device-resident or M&C software receives a message related to an old software version,

new information and processes are not damaged or affected by the omission of data.

The implementation of forward and backward software compatibility often, but not always,

requires the addition of new Opcodes. Each new function requires a new Opcode assignment if

forward and backward compatibility cannot be attained by other means.

When Radyne , Inc. equipment is queried for bulk information (Query Mod, Query Demod, etc.) it

responds by sending back two blocks of data; a Non-Volatile Section (parameters that can be

modified by the user) and a Volatile Section (status information). It also returns a count value that

indicates the size of the Non-Volatile Section. This count is used by M&C developers to index into

the start of the Volatile Section.

When new features are added to Radyne equipment, the control parameters are appended to the

end of the Non-Volatile Section, and status of the features, if any, are added at the end of the

Volatile Section. If a remote M&C queries two pieces of Radyne equipment with different revision

software, they may respond with two different sized packets. The remote M&C MUST make use

of the non-volatile count value to index to the start of the Volatile Section. If the remote M&C is not

aware of the newly added features to the Radyne product, it should disregard the parameters at

the end of the Non-Volatile Section and index to the start of the Volatile Section.

If packets are handled in this fashion, there will also be backward-compatibility between Radyne ,

Inc. equipment and M&C systems. Remote M&C systems need not be modified every time a

feature is added unless the user needs access to that feature.

4.9.1.7 Flow Control and Task Processing

The original packet sender (the M&C Computer) relies on accurate timeout information with

regard to each piece of equipment under its control. This provides for efficient bus communication

without unnecessary handshake overhead timing. One critical value is designated the Inter-Frame

Space (FS). The Inter-Frame Space provides a period of time in which the packet receiver and

medium (control bus and M&C Computer interface) fully recover from the packet

transmission/reception process and the receiver is ready to accept a new message. The

programmed value of the Inter-Frame Space should be greater than the sum of the "turnaround

time" and the round-trip (sender/receiver/bus) propagation time, including handshake overhead.

The term "turnaround time" refers to the amount of time required for a receiver to be re-enabled

and ready to receive a packet after having just received a packet. In flow control programming,

the Inter-Frame Space may be determined empirically in accord with the system configuration, or

calculated based on established maximum equipment task processing times.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-53

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Each piece of supported equipment on the control bus executes a Radyne Link Level Task

(RLLT) in accordance with its internal hardware and fixed program structure. In a flow control

example, the RLLT issues an internal "message in" system call to invoke an I/0 wait condition that

persists until the task receives a command from the M & C computer. The RLLT has the option of

setting a timeout on the incoming message. Thus, if the equipment does not receive an

information/command packet within a given time period, the associated RLLT exits the I/0 wait

state and takes appropriate action.

Radyne equipment is logically linked to the control bus via an Internal I/O Processing Task (IOPT)

to handle frame sequencing, error checking, and handshaking. The IOPT is essentially a link

between the equipment RLLT and the control bus. Each time the M&C computer sends a

message packet, the IOPT receives the message and performs error checking. If errors are

absent, the IOPT passes the message to the equipment's RLLT. If the IOPT detects errors, it

appends error messages to the packet. Whenever an error occurs, the IOPT notes it and discards

the message; but it keeps track of the incoming packet. Once the packet is complete, the IOPT

conveys the appropriate message to the RLLT and invokes an I/0 wait state (wait for next

<SYNC> character).

If the RLLT receives the packetized message from the sender before it times out, it checks for any

error messages appended by the IOPT. In the absence of errors, the RLLT processes the

received command sent via the transmitted packet and issues a "message out" system call to

ultimately acknowledge the received packet. This call generates the response packet conveyed to

the sender. If the IOPT sensed errors in the received packet and an RLLT timeout has not

occurred, the RLLT causes the equipment to issue the appropriate error message(s) in the

pending equipment response frame.

To maintain frame synchronization, the IOPT keeps track of error-laden packets and packets

intended for other equipment for the duration of each received packet. Once the packet is

complete, the IOPT invokes an I/0 wait state and searches for the next <SYNC> character.

4.9.1.8 RLLP Summary

The RLLP is a simple send-and-wait protocol that automatically re-transmits a packet whenever

an error is detected, or when an acknowledgment (response) packet is absent.

During transmission, the protocol wrapper surrounds the actual data to form information packets.

Each transmitted packet is subject to time out and frame sequence control parameters, after

which the packet sender waits for the receiver to convey its response. Once a receiver verifies

that a packet sent to it is in the correct sequence relative to the previously received packet, it

computes a local checksum on all information within the packet excluding the <SYNC> character

and the <CHECKSUM> fields. If this checksum matches the packet <CHECKSUM>, the receiver

processes the packet and responds to the packet sender with a valid response (acknowledgment)

packet. If the checksum values do not match, the receiver replies with a negative

acknowledgment (NAK) in its response frame.

The response packet is therefore either an acknowledgment that the message was received

correctly, or some form of a packetized NAK frame. If the sender receives a valid

acknowledgment (response) packet from the receiver, the <FSN> increments and the next packet

is transmitted as required by the sender. However, if a NAK response packet is returned the

sender re-transmits the original information packet with the same embedded <FSN>.

If an acknowledgment (response) packet or a NAK packet is lost, corrupted, or not issued due to

an error and is thereby not returned to the sender, the sender re-transmits the original information

packet; but with the same <FSN>. When the intended receiver detects a duplicate packet, the

packet is acknowledged with a response packet and internally discarded to preclude undesired

repetitive executions. If the M&C computer sends a command packet and the corresponding

response packet is lost due to a system or internal error, the computer times out and re-transmits

4-54

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

the same command packet with the same <FSN> to the same receiver and waits once again for

an acknowledgment or a NAK packet.

To reiterate, the format of the Link Level Protocol Message Block is shown below.

SYNC

COUNT

SRC

ADDR

DEST

ADDR

FSN

OPCODE

DATA

BYTES

CHECKSUM

4.9.2 Remote Port Packet Structure:

The Modem protocol is an enhancement on the DMD5000 protocol. It also uses a packet

structure format. The structure is as follows:

<SYNC>:

Message format header character that defines the

beginning of a message. The <SYNC> character value is

always 0x16 (1 byte).

<BYTE COUNT>:

<SOURCE ID>:

The number of bytes in the <DATA> field (2 bytes).

Identifies the address of the equipment from where the

message originated (1 byte).

<DEST. ID>:

<FSN>:

Identifies the address of the equipment where the

message is to be sent (1 byte).

Frame sequence number ensures correct packet

acknowledgment and data transfers (1 byte).

<OPCODE>:

This byte identifies the message type associated with the

information data. The equipment processes the data

according to the value in this field. Return error codes and

acknowledgment are also included in this field (2 bytes).

<...DATA...>:

Information data. The number of data bytes in this field is

indicated by the <BYTE COUNT> value.

<CHECKSUM>:

The modulo 256 sum of all preceding message bytes

excluding the <SYNC> character (1 byte).

The Modem RLLP is not software-compatible with the following previous Radyne

products: RCU5000 and DMD4500. These products may not occupy the same

bus while using this protocol as equipment malfunction and loss of data may

occur.

NOTE: When transmitting a packet at 9600 baud, the Remote M&C should

ensure that the timeout value between characters does not exceed the time it

takes to transmit 200 characters(| 200 msec). If this timeout value is exceeded,

the equipment will timeout.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-55

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

4.9.3 DMD15/DMD15L Opcode Command Set

The DMD15/DMD15L Opcode Command Set is listed below:

4.9.4 Modem Command Set

Command

Opcode

Query Modulator Configuration and Status

Query Demodulator Configuration and Status

Query Modem Drop & Insert Map

Query Modems Identification

Query Modem Control Mode

Query Modulator Latched Alarms

Query Demodulator Latched Alarms

Query Modem Latched Alarms

Query Modulator Current Alarms

Query Demodulator Current Alarms

Query Modem Current Alarms

Query Modulator Status

2400h

2401h

2402h

2403h

2404h

2405h

2406h

2407h

2408h

2409h

240Ah

240Bh

240Ch

240Dh

240Eh

240Fh

2410h

2411h

Query Demodulator Status

Query Modem Eb/No, BER and Level

Query Time

Query Date

Query Time and Date

Query Modem Summary Faults

4-56

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Opcode

2600h

2601h

2602h

2603h

2604h

2605h

2606h

2607h

2608h

2609h

260Ah

260Bh

260Ch

260Dh

260Eh

260Fh

2610h

2611h

2612h

2613h

2614h

2615h

2616h

Command

Command Modem Control Mode

Command Modulator Configuration

Command Modulator Frequency

Command Modulator Strap Code

Command Modulator Data Rate

Command Modulator Filter Mask

Command Modulator Modulation Type

Command Modulator Convolutional Encoder

Command Modulator Differential Encoder

Command Modulator Carrier Control

Command Modulator Carrier Selection

Command Modulator Clock Control

Command Modulator Clock Polarity

Command Modulator SCT Source

Command Modulator Drop Mode

Command Modulator Output Level

Command Modulator Reed Solomon

Command Modulator Spectrum

Command Modulator Operating Mode

Command Modulator Scrambler Control

Command Modulator Scrambler Type

Command Modulator Framing

Command Modulator External Reference

Source

Command Modulator Terrestrial Loopback

Command Modulator Baseband Loopback

Command Modulator Mode

2617h

2618h

2619h

261Ah

261Bh

Command Modulator External EXC Clock

Command Modulator External Reference

Frequency

Command Modulator T1 D4 Yellow Alarm

Selection

261Dh

Command Modulator Interface Type

Command Modulator Circuit ID

261Eh

261Fh

2622h

2623h

Command Force Modulator Summary Alarms

Command Data Invert

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-57

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Clear Latched Alarm 1

2625h

2629h

262Ah

262Bh

262Ch

262Dh

Command AUPC Local Enable

Command AUPC Remote Enable

Command AUPC Local CL Action

Command AUPC Remote CL Action

Command AUPC Tracking Rate

Command AUPC Remote BB Loopback

Command AUPC Remote Test 2047

Command AUPC Eb/No

262Eh

262Fh

2630h

2631h

2632h

2633h

2634h

2635h

2636h

Command AUPC Minimum Power

Command AUPC Maximum Power

Command AUPC Nominal Power

Command AUPC Local Configuration

Command AUPC Remote Configuration

Command Modulator Reed Solomon N & K

Codes

Command Modulator Time Mark Transfer

Command Demodulator Configuration

Command Demodulator Frequency

2638h

2A00h

2A01h

2A02h

2A03h

2A04h

2A05h

2A07h

2A08h

2A09h

2A0Ah

2A0Bh

2A0Ch

2A0Dh

2A0Eh

2A0Fh

2A10h

2A11h

2A12h

2A13h

2A15h

Command Demodulator Data Rate

Command Demodulator Strap Code

Command Demodulator Sweep Boundary

Command Demodulator Sweep Delay

Command Demodulator Demodulation Type

Command Demodulator Convolutional Decoder

Command Demodulator Differential Decoder

Command Demodulator Reed Solomon

Command Demodulator Mode

Command Demodulator Filter Mask

Command Demodulator Descrambler Control

Command Demodulator Descrambler Type

Command Demodulator Spectrum

Command Demodulator Buffer Size

Command Demodulator Buffer Clock

Command Demodulator Buffer Clock Polarity

Command Demodulator Insert Mode

Command Demodulator T1 E1 Frame Source

4-58

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Command Demodulator Framing

2A16h

2A17h

2A18h

2A1Ah

2A1Bh

2A1Ch

2A1Dh

2A1Eh

2A1Fh

2A20h

2A21h

2A22h

2A23h

2A24h

2A25h

2A26h

2A2Eh

2A2Fh

2A32h

2A33h

2C00h

2C01h

2C03h

2C04h

2C05h

2C06h

2C08h

2C09h

2C0Bh

2C0Ch

2C0Dh

2C0Eh

2D00h

Command Demodulator Operating Mode

Command Map Summary to Backward Alarm

Command Demodulator BER Exponent

Command Demodulator Circuit ID

Command Demodulator Terrestrial Loopback

Command Demodulator Baseband Loopback

Command Demodulator IF Loopback

Command Demodulator Interface Type

Command Center Buffer

Command Data Invert

Command Force Demodulator Summary Alarm

Command External EXC Source

Clear Latched Alarm 1

Clear Latched Alarm 2

Clear Latched Alarm 3

Clear Latched Alarm 4

Command Demod Reacquisition Sweep

Command Demod N & K Codes

Command Demodulator Time Mark Transfer

Command Drop and Insert Map Copy

Command Drop and Insert Map

Command Clear Latched Alarms

Command Set Time

Command Set Date

Command Set Time and Date

Clear Modem Common Latched Alarm 1

Clear Modem Common Latched Alarm 2

Command Modem Terminal Emulation

Command Modem Terminal Baud Rate

Command Configuration Copy

Command Modem Eb/No Threshold

Modem Soft Reset

4.9.5 Detailed Command Descriptions

4.9.5.1 DMD15/DMD15L Modulator

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-59

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Opcode: <2400h> Query a modulator’s configuration and status

Query Response

<1> Number of nonvol

bytes

Configuration Bytes

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

Frequency

<4>

Selects the IF Frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band modems.

Strap Code

<2>

<1>

<4>

Binary value

Filter Mask

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

Binary value, 1 bps steps

Data Rate

External EXC Clock

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

External Reference

<4>

<1>

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

Freq. Reference

Source

0 = Internal, 1 = External, 2 = High stability

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

Modulation Type

<1>

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate,

20 = TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

Convolutional

Encoder

<1>

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Reed Solomon

Scrambler Control

Scrambler Type

0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm, 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Scrambler, 8 = V35_EFRS, 9 = TPC Scrambler

<2>

Signed value. +50 to -300 (5.0 to -30.0 dBm). The range is

+5.0 to –20 dBm for the 70/140 MHz type modems and –5.0 to

–30 dBm for the L-Band type modems (implied decimal point)

(two’s compliment).

Transmit Power Level

<1>

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

Differential Encoder

<1>

0 = Off, 1 = On

Carrier Control

0 = Normal. 1 = CW, 2 = Dual, 3 = Offset, 4 = Pos Fir, 5 = Neg

Fir

Carrier Selection

4-60

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Fir

<1>

Spectrum

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

<1>

Operating Mode

Clock Control

Clock Polarity

SCT Source

Framing

0 = Normal, 1 = 2047 test

0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted, 2 = Auto

0 = Internal. 1 = SCR

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

<1>

Drop Mode

Drop Map

0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

<30>

<1>

Timeslots to drop organized by satellite channel

T1D4 Yellow Alarm

Sel.

0 = Bit 2 equal 0 for all channels

1 = Frame 12 s-bits equal 1)

<1>

Forced Alarms

(0 = None, or else a 1 in the following bits means force)

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 IDR and IBS

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 IDR only

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 IDR only

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 IDR only

Bit 4 = AIS Request

Bit 5 = T1D4 Yellow Alarm. D&I Mode

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Alarm 1 Mask

Bit 0 = Transmit processor Fault

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Alarm 2 Mask

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect

Bit 4 = Tx data AIS detect

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback

Bit 6 & 7 = Spares

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-61

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1>

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Common Alarm 1

Mask

Bit 0 = -12V alarm

Bit 1 = +12V alarm

Bit 2 = +5V alarm

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Common Alarm 2

Mask

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault

Bit 1 = U IO card present, reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<11>

<1>

Tx Circuit ID

11 ASCII characters

Tx ESC Ch 1 Volume

Tx ESC Ch 2 Volume

Tx Interface Type

-20 to +10 (+10 dBm to –20 dBm) (two’s compliment)

0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3

= G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2,

7 = RS-422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

<1>

Tx Terrestrial

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Tx Baseband

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Drop Status Mask

Bit 0 = Frame lock mask

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock mask. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C

Bit 2 = CRC lock mask. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received mask

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received mask

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received mask. Not valid in FAS mode

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received mask

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Tx RS N Code

Tx RS K Code

Tx RS Depth

Data Invert

2 - 255. Reed-Solomon code word length

1 - 254. Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband, 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

<1>

BPSK Symbol Pairing 0 = Normal Pairing, 1 = Swapped Pairing

IDR Overhead Type

Terminal Emulation

0 = 32K Voice. 1 = 64K Data

0 = Adds Viewpoint. 1 = VT100, 2 = WYSE50

4-62

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1>

User Interfaces

Terminal Baud Rate

0 = 300, 1 = 600, 2 = 1200, 3 = 2400, 4 = 4800, 5 = 9600, 6 =

19200, 7 = 38400, 8 = 150

<1>

FM Orderwire Mode

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable, 2 = FM Only

0 = Off, 1 = On

FM Orderwire Test

Tone

<1>

AUPC Local Enable

0 = Off, 1 = On

AUPC Remote Enable 0 = Off, 1 = On

AUPC Local CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<1>

AUPC Remote CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

AUPC Tracking Rate

0 = 0.5 dB/Min, 1 = 1.0 dB/Min, 2 = 1.5 dB/Min, 3 = 2.0 dB/Min,

4 = 2.5 dB/Min, 5 = 3.0 dB/Min, 6 = 3.5 dB/Min, 7 = 4.0 dB/Min,

8 = 4.5 dB/Min, 9 = 5.0 dB/Min, 10 = 5.5 dB/Min, 11 = 6.0

dB/min

<1>

AUPC Remote BB

Loopback

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1>

<2>

AUPC Remote 2047

AUPC Target Eb/No

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Target Eb/No at Receiver

AUPC Minimum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

<2>

<1>

AUPC Maximum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

AUPC Nominal Power Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Time Mark Transfer

Enable

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

<1> Reserved

Reserved

<1> Reserved

<1> TPC Interleaver

<1> Control Mode

0=Disable, 1=Enable

Status Bytes

0 = Front Panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

Revision Number

Decimal point implied

<1>

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-63

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1> Alarm 1

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = Terrestrial AIS. Tx data AIS detect. 1 = AIS Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Common Alarm 2

<1> Latched Alarm 1

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS FIFO Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present Fault. 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Drop Status

4-64

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock Fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Online Flag

<1> +5V Voltage

<1> +12V Voltage

<1> -12V Voltage

<2> Temperature

0 = Offline, 1 = Online

+5V. Implied decimal point. ex: 49 = +4.9 V

+12V. Implied decimal point. ex: 121 = +12.1 V

-12V. Implied decimal point and minus sign. ex: 118 = -11.8 V

Degrees C. Implied decimal point. ex: 490 = 49.0 C

(Not Implemented)

<1> ESC Source

<1> Alarm 3

0 = Internal, 1 = External

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 Transmitted

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 Transmitted

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 Transmitted

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 Transmitted

Bits 4 - 7 = Spare

0 = No, 1 = Yes

AUPC Remote Test

2047 BER Mantessa

<2>

<1>

Binary value with implied decimal point; 795 = 7.95)

Binary value with implied sign; 6 = -6

AUPC Remote Test

2047 BER Exponent

Reserved

<1>

<4>

Ignore

Symbol Rate

Latched Alarm 2

Binary value, 1 sps steps

<17>

Bit 0 = Terrestrial Clock. Activity Detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Internal Clock. Activity Detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Tx Sat Clock. Activity Detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Tx Data Activity Detect. 1=Fail

Bit 4 = Tx Data AIS Detect. 1=Fail

Bit 5 = Tx Clock Fall Back. 1=Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Reserved

<2>

Reserved

Latched Drop Status

Bit 0 = Framelock Fault. 1=Fail

<17>

Bit 1 = Multiframe Lock Fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 & PCM03. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC Lock Fault. Valid in T1 ESF, & E1 CRC Enabled. 1 = Fail

Bit 3-7 (Not Latched)

Reserved

<4>

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-65

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Opcode: <240Bh> Query a Modulator’s Status

Query Response

0 = Front Panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

Control Mode

Revision Number

Alarm 1

<1>

Decimal point implied

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault. 1 = Fail

Alarm 2

<1>

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = Terrestrial AIS. Tx data AIS detect. 1 = AIS Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Common Alarm 1

<1>

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Common Alarm 2

Latched Alarm 1

<1>

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS FIFO Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

Latched Common

Alarm 1

<1>

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Latched Common

<1>

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

4-66

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Alarm 2

Bit 1 = U IO card present Fault. 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

<1> Drop Status

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock Fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Online Flag

<1> +5V Voltage

<1> +12V Voltage

<1> -12V Voltage

<2> Temperature

0 = Offline, 1 = Online

+5V. Implied decimal point. ex: 49 = +4.9 V

+12V. Implied decimal point. ex: 121 = +12.1 V

-12V. Implied decimal point and minus sign. ex: 118 = -11.8 V

Degrees C. Implied decimal point. ex: 490 = 49.0 C

(Not Implemented)

<1> ESC Source

<1> Alarm 3

0 = Internal, 1 = External

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 Transmitted

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 Transmitted

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 Transmitted

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 Transmitted

Bits 4 - 7 = Spare

0 = No, 1 = Yes

<2> AUPC Remote Test

2047 BER Mantessa

Binary value with implied decimal point; 795 = 7.95)

Binary value with implied sign; 6 = -6

<1> AUPC Remote Test

2047 BER Exponent

<1> Reserved

Ignore

Symbol Rate

Binary value, 1 sps steps

<4>

Latched Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Tx Sat Clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Tx Data activity detect. 1 – Fail

Bit 4 = Tx Data AIS detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

<17>

Bits 6 & 7 = Spares

Reserved

<2>

<1>

Latched Drop Status

Bit 0 = Framelock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 & PCM30C. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC loclfault. Valid in T1, ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1 = Fail

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-67

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bits 3-7 (not latched)

Reserved

<4>

Opcode: <2405h> Query a modulator’s latched alarms

Query Response

<1> Latched Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS FIFO Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present Fault. 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = Tx data AIS detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Alarm 2

Bits 6-7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe fault. 1 = Fail

PCM30 and PCM30C. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1 ESF

And E1, CRC enabled. 1 = Fail

Bits 3-7 (Not latched)

<1> Latched Drop Status

Opcode: <2408h> Query a modulator’s current alarms

Query Response

<1> Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

4-68

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = Terrestrial AIS. Tx data AIS detect. 1 = AIS Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Drop Status

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock Fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Common Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Opcode: <2600h> Command a modem’s control mode

0 = Front panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

<1> Modem control mode

Opcode: <2601h> Command a modulator’s configuration

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

<4> Frequency

Selects the IF Frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band modems.

<2> Strap Code

<1> Filter Mask

<4> Data Rate

Binary value

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

Binary value, 1 bps steps

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-69

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<4> External EXC Clock

<4> External Reference

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

<1> Freq. Reference

Source

0 = Internal, 1 = External, 2 = High stability

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

<1> Modulation Type

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate,

20 = TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

<1> Convolutional

Encoder

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1>

Reed Solomon

<1>

0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm, 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Scrambler, 8 = V35_EFRS, 9 = TPC Scrambler

Scrambler Control

<1>

Scrambler Type

<2>

Signed value. +50 to -300 (5.0 to -30.0 dBm). The range is

+5.0 to –20 dBm for the 70/140 MHz type modems and –5.0 to

–30 dBm for the L-Band type modems (implied decimal point)

(two’s compliment).

Transmit Power Level

<1>

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

Differential Encoder

<1>

0 = Off, 1 = On

Carrier Control

<1>

0 = Normal. 1 = CW, 2 = Dual, 3 = Offset, 4 = Pos Fir, 5 = Neg

Fir

Carrier Selection

<1>

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Spectrum

<1>

Operating Mode

<1>

0 = Normal, 1 = 2047 test

0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted, 2 = Auto

0 = Internal. 1 = SCR

Clock Control

<1>

Clock Polarity

<1>

SCT Source

<1>

Framing

<1>

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

Drop Mode

4-70

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<30>

User Interfaces

Drop Map

Timeslots to drop organized by satellite channel

<1>

T1D4 Yellow Alarm

Sel.

0 = Bit 2 equal 0 for all channels

1 = Frame 12 s-bits equal 1)

Forced Alarms

(0 = None, or else a 1 in the following bits means force)

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 IDR and IBS

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 IDR only

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 IDR only

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 IDR only

Bit 4 = AIS Request

Bit 5 = T1D4 Yellow Alarm. D&I Mode

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1>

Alarm 1 Mask

Bit 0 = Transmit processor Fault

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Alarm 2 Mask

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect

Bit 4 = Tx data AIS detect

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback

Bit 6 & 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Common Alarm 1

Mask

Bit 0 = -12V alarm

Bit 1 = +12V alarm

Bit 2 = +5V alarm

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Common Alarm 2

Mask

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault

Bit 1 = U IO card present, reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<11>

<1>

Tx Circuit ID

11 ASCII characters

Tx ESC Ch 1 Volume

-20 to +10 (+10 dBm to –20 dBm) (two’s compliment)

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-71

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1>

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Tx ESC Ch 2 Volume

-20 to +10 (+10 dBm to –20 dBm) (two’s compliment)

<1>

Tx Interface Type

0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3

= G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2,

7 = RS-422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

<1>

Tx Terrestrial

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Tx Baseband

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Drop Status Mask

Bit 0 = Frame lock mask

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock mask. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C

Bit 2 = CRC lock mask. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received mask

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received mask

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received mask. Not valid in FAS mode

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received mask

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Tx RS N Code

Tx RS K Code

Tx RS Depth

Data Invert

2 - 255. Reed-Solomon code word length

1 - 254. Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband, 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

<1>

BPSK Symbol Pairing 0 = Normal Pairing, 1 = Swapped Pairing

IDR Overhead Type

Terminal Emulation

Terminal Baud Rate

0 = 32K Voice. 1 = 64K Data

0 = Adds Viewpoint. 1 = VT100, 2 = WYSE50

0 = 300, 1 = 600, 2 = 1200, 3 = 2400, 4 = 4800, 5 = 9600, 6 =

19200, 7 = 38400, 8 = 150

<1>

FM Orderwire Mode

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable, 2 = FM Only

0 = Off, 1 = On

FM Orderwire Test

Tone

<1>

AUPC Local Enable

0 = Off, 1 = On

AUPC Remote Enable 0 = Off, 1 = On

AUPC Local CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<1>

AUPC Remote CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

AUPC Tracking Rate

0 = 0.5 dB/Min, 1 = 1.0 dB/Min, 2 = 1.5 dB/Min, 3 = 2.0 dB/Min,

4-72

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

4 = 2.5 dB/Min, 5 = 3.0 dB/Min, 6 = 3.5 dB/Min, 7 = 4.0 dB/Min,

8 = 4.5 dB/Min, 9 = 5.0 dB/Min, 10 = 5.5 dB/Min, 11 = 6.0

dB/min

<1>

AUPC Remote BB

Loopback

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1>

<2>

AUPC Remote 2047

AUPC Target Eb/No

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Target Eb/No at Receiver

AUPC Minimum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

<2>

<1>

AUPC Maximum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

AUPC Nominal Power Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Time Mark Transfer

Enable

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

<1> Reserved

Reserved

<1> Reserved

Reserved

<1> TPC Interleaver

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2602h> Command a modulator's frequency

Frequency

<4>

Selects the IF Frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band modems.

Note: This command also turns the carrier off to protect

the satellite.

Opcode: <2603h> Command a modulator's strap code

Strap Code

Binary value

<2>

Note: This command also turns the carrier off to protect the

satellite.

Opcode: <2604h> Command a modulator's data rate

Data Rate

Binary value, 1 bps steps

<4>

Note: This command also turns the carrier off to protect the

satellite.

Opcode: <2605h> Command a modulator's filter mask

Filter Mask

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

<1>

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-73

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Opcode: <2606h> Command a modulator's modulation type

Modulation Type

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

<1>

Opcode: <2607h> Command a modulator’s convolutional encoder

<1> Convolutional

Encoder

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate,

20 = TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

Note: This command also turns the carrier off to protect

the satellite.

Opcode: <2608h> Command a modulator’s differential encoder

<1> Differential Encoder

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

Opcode: <2609h> Command a modulator’s carrier control

Carrier Control 0 = Off, 1 = On

<1>

Opcode: <260Ah> Command a modulator’s carrier selection

Carrier Selection 0 = Normal. 1 = CW, 2 = Dual, 3 = Offset, 4 = Pos Fir, 5 = Neg Fir

<1>

Opcode: <260Bh> Command a modulator’s clock control

Clock Control 0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC

<1>

Opcode: <260Ch> Command a modulator’s clock polarity

Clock Polarity 0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted, 2 = Auto

<1>

Opcode: <260Dh> Command a modulator’s SCT source

<1> SCT Source 0 = Internal. 1 = SCR

Opcode: <260Eh> Command a modulator’s drop mode

<1> Drop Mode 0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

Opcode: <260Fh> Command a modulator’s output level

<2> Transmit Power Level Signed value. +50 to -300 (5.0 to -30.0 dBm). The range is

+5.0 to –20 dBm for the 70/140 MHz type modems and –5.0 to

–30 dBm for the L-Band type modems (implied decimal point)

(two’s compliment).

Opcode: <2610h> Command a modulator's Reed Solomon

<1> Reed Solomon

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2611h> Command a modulator's spectrum

<1> Spectrum 0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Opcode: <2612h> Command a modulator's operating mode

4-74

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

<1> Operating Mode

0 = Normal, 1 = 2047 test

Opcode: <2613h> Command a modulator's scrambler control

<1> Scrambler Control

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2614h> Command a modulator's scrambler type

<1> Scrambler Type 0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm, 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Scrambler, 8 = V35_EFRS, 9 = TPC Scrambler

Opcode: <2615h> Command a modulator's framing

<1> Framing

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

Opcode: <2616h> Command a modem's external reference source

<1> External Reference

Source

0 = Internal, 1 = External, 2 = High stability

Opcode: <2617h> Command a modulator's terrestrial loopback

Tx Terrestrial Loopback 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

<1>

Opcode: <2618h> Command a modulator's baseband loopback

Tx Baseband Loopback 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

<1>

Opcode: <2619h> Command a modulator’s mode

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

Opcode: <261Ah> Command a modem’s external EXC clock

<4> External EXC Clock

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

Opcode: <261Bh> Command a modem’s external reference frequency

<4> External Reference

Frequency

Binary value, 1 Hz steps. 256 kHz to 10 MHz, In 8 kHz

increments

Opcode: <261Dh> Command a modulator’s T1D4 Yellow alarm selection

T1D4 Yellow Alarm Sel.

<1>

0 = Bit 2 equal 0 for all channels

1 = Frame 12 s-bits equal 1

Opcode: <261Eh> Command a modulator’s interface type

Tx Interface Type

0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3 =

G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2, 7 = RS-

422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

<1>

Opcode: <261Fh> Command a modulator’s circuit ID

Tx Circuit ID 11 ASCII characters

<11>

Opcode: <2622h> Command Force Mod Summary Alarms

Summary Alarm 0 = Do not force. 1 = Force

<1>

Opcode: <2623h> Command Data Invert

Data Invert

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband, 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

<1>

Opcode: <2625h> Clear Latched Alarm 1 (No Data)

Opcode: <2629h> Command AUPC Local Enable

AUPC Local Enable

0 = Off, 1 = On

<1>

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-75

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Opcode: <262Ah> Command AUPC Remote Enable

AUPC Remote Enable

0 = Off, 1 = On

<1>

Opcode: <262Bh> Command AUPC Local CL Action

AUPC Local CL Action 0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<1>

Opcode: <262Ch> Command AUPC Remote CL Action

AUPC Remote CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<1>

Opcode: <262Dh> Command AUPC Tracking Rate

<1> AUPC Tracking Rate

0 = 0.5 dB/Min, 1 = 1.0 dB/Min, 2 = 1.5 dB/Min, 3 = 2.0 dB/Min,

4 = 2.5 dB/Min, 5 = 3.0 dB/Min, 6 = 3.5 dB/Min, 7 = 4.0 dB/Min,

8 = 4.5 dB/Min, 9 = 5.0 dB/Min, 10 = 5.5 dB/Min, 11 = 6.0

dB/min

Opcode: <262Eh> Command AUPC Remote Baseband Loopback

<1> AUPC Remote BB

Loopback

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <262Fh> Command AUPC Remote Test 2047

<1> AUPC Remote 2047 0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2630h> Command AUPC Eb/No

<2> AUPC Target Eb/No

Target Eb/No at Receiver

Opcode: <2631h> Command AUPC Minimum Power

<2> AUPC Minimum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Opcode: <2632h> Command AUPC Maximum Power

<2> AUPC Maximum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Opcode: <2633h> Command AUPC Nominal Power

<2> AUPC Nominal Power Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Opcode: <2634h> Command AUPC Local Configuration

<1> AUPC Local Enable

0 = Off, 1 = On

<1> AUPC Local CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<1> AUPC Tracking Rate

0 = 0.5 dB/Min, 1 = 1.0 dB/Min, 2 = 1.5 dB/Min, 3 = 2.0 dB/Min,

4 = 2.5 dB/Min, 5 = 3.0 dB/Min, 6 = 3.5 dB/Min, 7 = 4.0 dB/Min,

8 = 4.5 dB/Min, 9 = 5.0 dB/Min, 10 = 5.5 dB/Min, 11 = 6.0

dB/min

<1> AUPC Remote CL

Action

0 = Hold, 1 = Nominal, 2 = Maximum

<2> AUPC Target Eb/No

<2> AUPC Minimum

Target Eb/No at Receiver

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

4-76

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Power

dBm (two’s compliment)

<2> AUPC Maximum

Power

Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

<2> AUPC Nominal Power Singed value +50 to –200 with implied decimal point; 49 = +4.9

dBm (two’s compliment)

Opcode: <2635h> Command AUPC Remote Configuration

<1> AUPC Remote Enable 0 = Off, 1 = On

<1> AUPC Remote BB

Loopback

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1> AUPC Remote 2047

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2636h> Command Modulator Reed Solomon N & K Codes and Interleaver Depth

<1> Tx RS N Code

<1> Tx RS K Code

<1> Tx RS Depth

2 - 255. Reed-Solomon code word length

1 - 254. Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8 Reed-Solomon Interleaver Depth

Opcode: <2638h> Command a modulator’s Time Mark Transfer

<1> Time Mark Transfer

Enable

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1> Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

4.9.5.2 DMD15/DMD15L Demodulator

Opcode: <2401h> Query a demodulator's configuration and status

Query Response

<1> Number of nonvol

bytes

Configuration Bytes

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

<4> Frequency

Selects the IF frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band Modems.

<2> Sweep Delay

Unsigned binary value, decimal point implied, 0.1 second steps

0.0 – 900.0

<4> Data Rate

Binary value, 1 bps steps

<1> Sweep Boundary

<1> Input Level Limit

<2> Strap Code

<1> Filter Mask

Sweep limits. Max of 32 kHz in kHz steps 1 - 32

Lower level limit, binary value, 1 dB steps. Reserved

Binary value

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-77

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1> Demodulation Type

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

<1> Convolutional

Decoder

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate,

20 = TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1>

Reed Solomon

<1>

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

Differential Decoder

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

<1>

Descrambler Control

<1>

0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm., 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Descrambler, 8 = V.35 EF RS Descrambler, 9 = TPC

Scrambler

Descrambler Type

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

<1>

Spectrum

<1>

Buffer Size Msec

<1>

Buffer Clock

<1>

Indicates buffer size in msecs. 0 through 32

0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC, 3 = RX SAT

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Buffer Clock Polarity

<1>

0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

Insert Mode

0 = Internal, 1 = External

<1>

T1E1 Frame Source

<30>

Insert Map

<1>

Framing

<1>

Timeslots to insert organized by satellite channel

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

0 = Stop, 1 = 2047 test

Operating Mode

0 = None, 1 = BK1, 2 = BK2, 3 = BK1 & 2, 4 = BK3, 5 = BK1 &

3, 6 = BK2 & 3, 7 = BK1, 2 & 3, 8 = BK4, 9 = BK1 & 4, 10 =

BK2 & 4, 11 = BK1, 2 & 4, 12 = BK3 & 4, 13 = BK1, 3 & 4, 14 =

BK2, 3 & 4, 15 = BK1, 2, 3 & 4

<1>

Map Summary To

Backward Alarm

0 = None, 1 = Send the Alarm

Bits 0 – 7 = Spares

<1>

Forced Alarms

Bit 0 = Rx proc

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss

<1>

Alarm 1 Mask

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm

4-78

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow

<1>

Alarm 2 Mask

Alarm 3 Mask

Alarm 4 Mask

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word

Bit 7 = Summary Fault

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Bit 0 = -12V alarm

Bit 1 = +12V alarm

Bit 2 = +5V alarm

<1>

Common Alarm 1

Mask

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault

Bit 1 = U IO card present, reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Common Alarm 2

Mask

Binary value, valid in IDR only, +10 dBm to –20 dBm (two’s

compliment)

ESC Channel 1

Volume

Binary value, valid in IDR only, +10 dBm to –20 dBm (two’s

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-79

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1>

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

compliment)

ESC Channel 2

Volume

6 through 9 for Viterbi, 5 through 7 for Sequential

11 ASCII characters

<1>

<11>

<1>

BER Exponent

Rx Circuit ID

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Rx Terrestrial

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

<1>

Rx Baseband

Loopback

<1>

Rx IF Loopback

0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3

= G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2,

7 = RS-422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

Rx Interface Type

Bit 0 = Frame lock

<1>

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C

Bit 2 = CRC lock. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received

Insert Status Mask

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

2 - 255 Reed-Solomon code word length

1 - 254 Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8

<1>

Rx Reed Solomon N

Code

Rx Reed Solomon K

Code

Rx Reed Solomon

Depth

0 = BNC EXC, 1 = Balanced EXC, 2 = IDI, 3 = SYS [RCS10

Only]

External Clock Source

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

Data Invert

Bit 0 = Trellis Decoder Lock

Bit 1 = FM DSP Lock Mask

Bit 2 = T1 signaling fault

Bit 3 = Turbo Codec Lock Fault

Bits 4 - 7 = Spares

Alarm 5 Masks

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

0 = Normal, 1 = Swapped

<1>

BPSK Symbol Pairing 0 = Normal, 1 = Enhanced

ES Mode

ES Type

0 = RS-232, 1 = RS-485

0 = 150. 1 = 300, 2 = 600, 3 = 1200, 4 = 2400, 5 = 4800, 6 =

9600

4-80

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

ES Baud

User Interfaces

0 = 7 Bits. 1 = 8 Bits

<1>

ES Data Bits

0 = 32K Voice. 1 = 64K Data

IDR Overhead Type

FM Orderwire Mode

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable, 2 = FM Only

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

Unsigned Binary Value, 0-99, Implied Decimal Point

0.0 - 9.9 dB

<1>

Eb/No Threshold

Unsigned binary value Sweep limits. Max of +/- 32000 Hz in 1

Hz steps 0 – 32000

<2> Reacquisition Sweep

Boundary

<3> Reserved

Reserved

<1> TPC Deintereleaver

0=Disable, 1=Enable

Status Bytes

<1> Control Mode

0 = Front Panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

<1> Revision Number

Decimal point implied

<1> Alarm 1

<1> Alarm 2

<1> Alarm 3

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss. 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Activity

Bit 7 = RX AGC Level. 0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Overflow

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Over 90%

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock. 1 = Lock

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-81

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1> Alarm 4

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity,

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold, 1 = Fail

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Common Alarm 2

<1> Latched Alarm 1

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault Alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level (Not Latched).

<1> Latched Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Alarm 3

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock (Not Latched)

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = IDR 96 PLL Lock. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

4-82

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present alarm 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present alarm 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

<1> Backward Alarm

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 IDR and IBS

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 IDR only

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 IDR only

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 IDR only

Bits 4 - 7 = Reserved

0 = No, 1 = Yes

<4> Error Counter

Binary value

<4> Test 2047 Error

Counter

Binary value

<2> Raw BER Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value Raw BER 896 = 8.96

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value corrected BER

<2> Corrected BER

Mantissa

<2> EbNo

Binary value, 1 decimal point implied 700 = 7.00

Binary value, 1 Hz steps

<4> Offset Frequency

<2> Test 2047 BER

Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value test 2047 BER

<1> Raw BER Exponent

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

<1> Corrected BER

Exponent

<1> Test 2047 BER

Exponent

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

<1> Offset Frequency Sign If <> 0, ’-’ offset

<1> BER/EbNo Status

Bit 0 = Raw BER and corrected BER status. 1 = Valid

Bit 1 = Test 2047 BER status. 1 = Valid

Bits 2 - 3 = EbNo status, 0 = EbNo is invalid, 1 = EbNo is valid,

2 = EbNo is smaller than indicated, value, 3 = EbNo is greater

than indicated value

Bit 4 = BER Counter Overflow. 1 = Overflow Condition

Bit 5 = Test 2047 BER Counter Overflow 1 = Overflow

Condition

Bits 6 – 7 = Reserved

<1> Buffer Percent Full

<1> Input Level

Binary value representing % buffer full, 0 - 100 in 1% steps

Binary value in 1 dB steps

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-83

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1> Insert Status Fault

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Online Flag

<1> Loss Flag

<1> Alarm 5

0 = Offline, 1 = Online

1 = Loss of IDI Signal, DMD15

Bit 0 = Trellis Decoder Lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = FM DSP Lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = T1 signaling fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Turbo Codec Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 4 – 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Alarm 4

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. (Not Latched)

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. (Not Latched), reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. (Not Latched), reserved

in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. (Not Latched),

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold Fault. (Not Latched)

<4> Symbol Rate

<77> Reserved

Binary value, 1 sps steps

Reserved

Opcode: <240Ch> Query a Demodulator’s Status

Query Response

<1> Control Mode

<1> Revision Number

<1> Alarm 1

0 = Front Panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

Decimal point implied

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss. 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Activity

Bit 7 = RX AGC Level. 0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

<1>

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Overflow

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Over 90%

4-84

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Alarm 3

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock. 1 = Lock

<1> Alarm 4

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity,

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold, 1 = Fail

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Common Alarm 2

<1> Latched Alarm 1

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault Alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level (Not Latched).

<1> Latched Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Fail

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-85

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Alarm 3

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock (Not Latched)

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = IDR 96 PLL Lock. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present alarm 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present alarm 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

<1> Backward Alarm

Bit 0 = Backward Alarm 1 IDR and IBS

Bit 1 = Backward Alarm 2 IDR only

Bit 2 = Backward Alarm 3 IDR only

Bit 3 = Backward Alarm 4 IDR only

Bits 4 - 7 = Reserved

0 = No, 1 = Yes

<4> Error Counter

Binary value

<4> Test 2047 Error

Counter

<2> Raw BER Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value Raw BER 896 = 8.96

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value corrected BER

<2> Corrected BER

Mantissa

<2> EbNo

Binary value, 1 decimal point implied 700 = 7.00

Binary value, 1 Hz steps

<4> Offset Frequency

<2> Test 2047 BER

Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value test 2047 BER

<1> Raw BER Exponent

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

<1> Corrected BER

Exponent

<1> Test 2047 BER

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

4-86

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Exponent

<1> Offset Frequency Sign If <> 0, ’-’ offset

<1> BER/EbNo Status

Bit 0 = Raw BER and corrected BER status. 1 = Valid

Bit 1 = Test 2047 BER status. 1 = Valid

Bits 2 - 3 = EbNo status, 0 = EbNo is invalid, 1 = EbNo is valid,

2 = EbNo is smaller than indicated, value, 3 = EbNo is greater

than indicated value

Bit 4 = BER Counter Overflow. 1 = Overflow Condition

Bit 5 = Test 2047 BER Counter Overflow 1 = Overflow

Condition

Bits 6 – 7 = Reserved

<1> Buffer Percent Full

<1> Input Level

Binary value representing % buffer full, 0 - 100 in 1% steps

Binary value in 1 dB steps

<1> Insert Status Fault

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Online Flag

<1> Loss Flag

<1> Alarm 5

0 = Offline, 1 = Online

1 = Loss of IDI Signal, DMD15

Bit 0 = Trellis Decoder Lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = FM DSP Lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = T1 signaling fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Turbo Codec Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 4 – 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. (Not Latched)

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. (Not Latched), reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

<1> Latched Alarm 4

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. (Not Latched), reserved

in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. (Not Latched),

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-87

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold Fault. (Not Latched)

Symbol Rate

Reserved

Binary value, 1 sps steps

Reserved

<4>

<77>

Opcode: <2406h> Query a demodulator’s latched alarms

Query Response

<1> Latched Alarm 1

<1> Latched Alarm 2

<1> Latched Alarm 3

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault Alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level (Not Latched).

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock (Not Latched)

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = IDR 96 PLL Lock. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present alarm 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present alarm 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Alarm 4

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. (Not Latched)

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. (Not Latched), reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. (Not Latched), reserved

4-88

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. (Not Latched),

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold Fault. (Not Latched)

Opcode: <2409h> Query a demodulator’s current alarms

Query Response

<1> Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss. 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Activity

Bit 7 = RX AGC Level. 0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

<1>

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Overflow

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Over 90%

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

Alarm 3

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock. 1 = Lock

<1>

Alarm 4

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity,

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold, 1 = Fail

<1>

Insert Status Fault

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-89

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

Common Alarm 2

<1>

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Opcode: <2A00h> Command a demodulator’s configuration

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

<4> Frequency

Selects the IF frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band Modems.

Unsigned 0.0 – 900.0

Binary value, 0.1 second steps 0.1 – 299.9

<2> Sweep Delay

<4> Data Rate

Binary value, 1 bps steps

<1> Sweep Boundary

<1> Input Level Limit

<2> Strap Code

Sweep limits. Max of 32 kHz in kHz steps 1 - 32

Lower level limit, binary value, 1 dB steps. Reserved

Binary value

<1> Filter Mask

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

<1> Demodulation Type

<1> Convolutional

Decoder

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate,

20 = TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

<1>

Reed Solomon

<1>

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Differential Decoder

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

<1>

Descrambler Control

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

4-90

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1>

User Interfaces

Descrambler Type

0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm., 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Descrambler, 8 = V.35 EF RS Descrambler, 9 = TPC

Scrambler

<1>

Spectrum

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Buffer Size Msec

Buffer Clock

Indicates buffer size in msecs. 0 through 32

0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC, 3 = RX SAT

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Buffer Clock Polarity

Insert Mode

0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

<1>

<30>

<1>

T1E1 Frame Source

Insert Map

0 = Internal, 1 = External

Timeslots to insert organized by satellite channel

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

0 = Stop, 1 = 2047 test

Framing

<1>

Operating Mode

<1>

Map Summary To

Backward Alarm

0 = None, 1 = BK1, 2 = BK2, 3 = BK1 & 2, 4 = BK3, 5 = BK1 &

3, 6 = BK2 & 3, 7 = BK1, 2 & 3, 8 = BK4, 9 = BK1 & 4, 10 =

BK2 & 4, 11 = BK1, 2 & 4, 12 = BK3 & 4, 13 = BK1, 3 & 4, 14 =

BK2, 3 & 4, 15 = BK1, 2, 3 & 4

<1>

Forced Alarms

Alarm 1 Mask

0 = None, 1 = Send the Alarm

Bits 0 – 7 = Spares

Bit 0 = Rx proc

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow

Alarm 2 Mask

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word

Bit 7 = Summary Fault

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Alarm 3 Mask

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-91

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Alarm 4 Mask

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Common Alarm 1

Mask

Bit 0 = -12V alarm

Bit 1 = +12V alarm

Bit 2 = +5V alarm

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

Common Alarm 2

Mask

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault

Bit 1 = U IO card present, reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

ESC Channel 1

Volume

Binary value, valid in IDR only, +10 dBm to –20 dBm (two’s

compliment)

ESC Channel 2

Volume

Binary value, valid in IDR only, +10 dBm to –20 dBm (two’s

compliment)

<1>

<11>

<1>

BER Exponent

Rx Circuit ID

6 through 9 for Viterbi, 5 through 7 for Sequential

11 ASCII characters

Rx Terrestrial

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

<1>

Rx Baseband

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

<1>

Rx IF Loopback

Rx Interface Type

0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3

= G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2,

4-92

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

7 = RS-422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

Bit 0 = Frame lock

<1>

Insert Status Mask

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C

Bit 2 = CRC lock. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

Rx Reed Solomon N

Code

2 - 255 Reed-Solomon code word length

1 - 254 Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8

Rx Reed Solomon K

Code

Rx Reed Solomon

Depth

External Clock Source 0 = BNC EXC, 1 = Balanced EXC, 2 = IDI, 3 = SYS [RCS10

Only]

Data Invert

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

Alarm 5 Masks

Bit 0 = Trellis Decoder Lock

Bit 1 = FM DSP Lock Mask

Bit 2 = T1 signaling fault

Bit 3 = Turbo Codec Lock Fault

Bits 4 - 7 = Spares

0 = Mask, 1 = Allow

<1>

BPSK Symbol Pairing 0 = Normal, 1 = Swapped

ES Mode

ES Type

ES Baud

0 = Normal, 1 = Enhanced

0 = RS-232, 1 = RS-485

0 = 150. 1 = 300, 2 = 600, 3 = 1200, 4 = 2400, 5 = 4800, 6 =

9600

<1>

ES Data Bits

0 = 7 Bits. 1 = 8 Bits

IDR Overhead Type

FM Orderwire Mode

0 = 32K Voice. 1 = 64K Data

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable, 2 = FM Only

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

<1>

Eb/No Threshold

Unsigned Binary Value, 0-99, Implied Decimal Point

0.0 through 9.9 dB

<2> Reacquisition Sweep

Boundary

Unsigned binary value Sweep limits. Max of +/- 32000 Hz in 1

Hz steps 0 – 32000

<37> Reserved

Reserved

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-93

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1> TPC Deinterleaver

0=Disable, 1=Enable

Opcode: <2A01h> Command a demodulator’s frequency

<4> Frequency

Selects the IF frequency in Hz. The range is 50 MHz to 180

MHz for the 70/140 MHz type modems and 950 MHz to 1750

MHz for the L-Band Modems.

Opcode: <2A02h> Command a demodulator’s data rate

<4> Data Rate Binary value, 1 bps steps

Opcode: <2A03h> Command a demodulator’s strap code

<2> Strap Code Binary value

Opcode: <2A04h> Command a demodulator’s sweep boundary

<1> Sweep Boundary

Sweep limits. Max of 3 2 kHz in kHz steps 1 - 32

Opcode: <2A05h> Command a demodulator’s sweep delay

<2> Sweep Delay

Binary value decimal implied, 0.1 second steps 0.1 – 900.0

Opcode: <2A07h> Command a demodulator’s demodulation type

<1> Demodulation Type

0 = QPSK, 1 = BPSK, 2 = 8PSK, 3 = 16QAM, 4 = OQPSK

Opcode: <2A08h> Command a demodulator’s convolutional decoder

<1> Convolutional

Decoder

0 = None, 1 = Viterbi 1/2 Rate, 2 = Viterbi 2/3 Rate, 3 = Viterbi

3/4 Rate, 4 = Viterbi 5/6 Rate, 5 = Viterbi 7/8 Rate, 6 = Viterbi

8/9 Rate, 7 = Sequential 1/2 Rate, 8 = Sequential 2/3 Rate, 9 =

Sequential 3/4 Rate, 10 = Sequential 5/6 Rate, 11 = Sequential

7/8 Rate, 12 = Sequential 8/9 Rate, 13 = Trellis 1/2 Rate, 14 =

Trellis 2/3 Rate, 15 = Trellis 3/4 Rate, 16 = Trellis 5/6 Rate, 17

= Trellis 7/8 Rate, 18 = Trellis 8/9 Rate, 19 = SEQ 3/4 Rate, 20

= TPC .793 2D, 21 = TPC .495 3D, 22 = TPC .325 3D

Opcode: <2A09h> Command a demodulator’s differential decoder

<1> Differential Decoder

0 = Off, 1 = On, 2 = EF Mode*

*Available in uncoded QPSK modulation for compatibility.

Opcode: <2A0Ah> Command a demodulator’s Reed Solomon

<1> Reed Solomon 0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2A0Bh> Command a demodulator’s mode

<1> Mode

0 = Closed Net. 1 = IDR, 2 = IBS, 3 = D&I

Opcode: <2A0Ch> Command a demodulator’s filter mask

<1> Filter Mask

0 = INTELSAT, 1 = EUTELSAT, 2 = CLOSED NET1

Opcode: <2A0Dh> Command a demodulator’s descrambler control

<1> Descrambler Control

0 = Disable, 1 = Enable

Opcode: <2A0Eh> Command a demodulator’s descrambler type

<1> Descrambler Type 0 = None, 1 = IBS Scrm., 2 = V35_IESS, 3 = V35_CCITT, 4 =

V35_EFDATA, 5 = V35_FAIRCHILD, 6 = OM73, 7 = RS

Descrambler, 8 = V.35 EF RS Descrambler, 9 = TPC

Scrambler

4-94

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Opcode: <2A0Fh> Command a demodulator’s spectrum

<1> Spectrum

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Opcode: <2A10h> Command a demodulator’s buffer size

<1> Buffer Size Msec

Indicates buffer size in msecs. 0 through 32

Opcode: <2A11h> Command a demodulator’s buffer clock

<1> Buffer Clock

0 = SCTE, 1 = SCT, 2 = EXT EXC, 3 = RX SAT

Opcode: <2A12h> Command a demodulator’s buffer clock polarity

<1> Buffer Clock Polarity

0 = Normal, 1 = Inverted

Opcode: <2A13h> Command a demodulator’s insert mode

<1> Insert Mode

0 = Disabled, 1 = T1-D4, 2 = T1-ESF, 3 = PCM-30, 4 = PCM-

30C, 5 = PCM-31, 6 = PCM-31C, 7 = SLC-96, 8 = T1 D4 S, 9 =

T1 ESF S

Opcode: <2A15h> Command a demodulator’s T1E1 frame source

<1> T1E1 Frame Source 0 = Internal, 1 = External

Opcode: <2A16h> Command a demodulator’s framing

<1> Framing

0 = No framing, 1 = 96K, 2 = 1/15, 3 = EF AUPC 1/15

Opcode: <2A17h> Command a demodulator’s operating mode

<1> Operating Mode

0 = Stop, 1 = 2047 test

Opcode: <2A18h> Command map summary to backward alarm

<1> Map Summary To

Backward Alarm

0 = None, 1 = BK1, 2 = BK2, 3 = BK1 & 2, 4 = BK3, 5 = BK1 &

3, 6 = BK2 & 3, 7 = BK1, 2 & 3, 8 = BK4, 9 = BK1 & 4, 10 =

BK2 & 4, 11 = BK1, 2 & 4, 12 = BK3 & 4, 13 = BK1, 3 & 4, 14 =

BK2, 3 & 4, 15 = BK1, 2, 3 & 4

Opcode: <2A1Ah> Command a demodulator’s BER exponent

<1> BER Exponent

6 through 9 for Viterbi, 5 through 7 for Sequential

Opcode: <2A1Bh> Command a demodulator’s circuit ID

<11> Rx Circuit ID

11 ASCII characters

Opcode: <2A1Ch> Command a demodulator’s terrestrial loopback

<1> Rx Terrestrial

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Opcode: <2A1Dh> Command a demodulator’s baseband loopback

<1> Rx Baseband

Loopback

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Opcode: <2A1Eh> Command a demodulator’s IF loopback

<1> Rx IF Loopback 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Opcode: <2A1Fh> Command a demodulator’s interface type

<1> Rx Interface Type 0 = G703-B-T1-AMI, 1 = G703-B-T1_B8ZS, 2 = G703-B-E1, 3

= G703-B-T2, 4 = G703-U-E1, 5 = G703-U-T2, 6 = G703-U-E2,

7 = RS-422, 8 = V.35, 9 = RS-232

Opcode: <2A20h> Command center buffer (No Parameters)

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-95

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Opcode: <2A21h> Command Data Invert

<1> Data Invert

0 = None, 1 = Terrestrial, 2 = Baseband 3 = Terrestrial and

Baseband

Opcode: <2A22h> Command Force Demod Summary Alarms

<1> Summary Alarm 0 = Do not force. 1 = Force

Opcode: <2A23h> Command External EXC Source

<1> External Clock Source 0 = BNC EXC, 1 = Balanced EXC, 2 = IDI, 3 = SYS [RCS10

Only]

Opcode: <2A24h> Clear Latched Alarm 1 (No Data)

Opcode: <2A25h> Clear Latched Alarm 2 (No Data)

Opcode: <2A26h> Clear Latched Alarm 3 (No Data)

Opcode: <2A2Eh> Clear Latched Alarm 4 (No Data)

Opcode: <2A2Fh> Command a demodulator’s reacquisition sweep.

<2> Reacquisition Sweep

Unsigned Binary 0-32000

Opcode: <2A32h> Command a demodulator’s Reed Solomon N & K Codes & Interleaver Depth

<1> Rx Reed Solomon N

Code

2 - 255 Reed-Solomon code word length

<1> Rx Reed Solomon K

Code

<1> Rx Reed Solomon

Depth

1 - 254 Reed-Solomon message length

4 or 8 Reed Solomon Interleaver Depth

Opcode: <2A33h> Command a demodulator’s time mark transfer

<1> Time Mark Transfer

Pattern Length

Unsigned Binary (4 to 16) Inclusively

4.9.5.3 Modem Queries & Commands

Opcode: <2403h> Query a modem's identification

Query Response

<1> Modem ID

DMD15 Modulator = 20, DMD15 Demodulator = 21, DMD15

Modem = 22

Opcode: <2404h> Query a modem's control mode

Query Response

0 = Front panel. 1 = Terminal, 2 = Computer

<1> Modem control mode

4-96

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Opcode: <2407h> Query a modem's latched alarms

Query Response

<1> Mod Latched Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS FIFO Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Demod Latched Alarm Bit 0 = Receive processor fault Alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Rx AGC Level (Not Latched).

<1> Demod Latched Alarm Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Demod Latched Alarm Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock (Not Latched)

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock (Not Latched)

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = IDR 96 PLL Lock. 1 = Fail

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Common

Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present Fault. 1 = Fail, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = IF card present Fault. 1 = Fail

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

<1> Demod Latched Alarm Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. (Not Latched)

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. (Not Latched), reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. (Not Latched), reserved

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-97

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. (Not Latched),

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. (Not Latched)

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold Fault. (Not Latched)

<1> Mod Lathed Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 4 = Tx data AIS detect. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 & 7 = Spares

<1> Latched Drop Status

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. 1 = Fail

PCM30 and PCM30C. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1 ESF and E1, CRC enabled.

1 = Fail

Bits 3-7 (Not latched)I

Opcode: <240Ah> Query a modem’s current alarms

Query Response

<1> Mod Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Transmit processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Transmit output power level. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Transmit Oversample PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Composite clock PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = IF synthesizer lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = IDR 96 PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = RS FIFO fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Mod Summary fault. 1 = Fail

<1> Mod Alarm 2

Bit 0 = Terrestrial clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = Internal clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 2 = Tx Sat clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Tx data activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = Terrestrial AIS. Tx data AIS detect. 1 = AIS Fail

Bit 5 = Tx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

<1> Drop Status Fault

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock Fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Demod Alarm 1

Bit 0 = Receive processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Carrier Loss. 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = Multiframe Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Frame Sync Loss 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

4-98

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Bit 4 = IBS BER Alarm 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = Satellite AIS 0 = pass. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = Rx Data Activity. 1 = Activity

Bit 7 = RX AGC Level. 0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

<1> Demod Alarm 2

<1> Demod Alarm 3

<1> Demod Alarm 4

Bit 0 = Buffer underflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Underflow

Bit 1 = Buffer overflow. 0 = OK. 1 = Overflow

Bit 2 = Buffer under 10%. 1 = Under 10%

Bit 3 = Buffer over 90%. 1 = Over 90%

Bit 4 = RS Decoder Lock Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RS De-Interleaver Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 6 = RS Decoder Uncorrectable Word. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Summary Fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 0 = IF synthesizer lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 1 = Rx Oversample PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 2 = Buffer clock PLL lock detect. 1 = Lock

Bit 3 = Viterbi decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 4 = Sequential decoder lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 5 = Rx 2047 test pattern lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 6 = External reference PLL lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 7 = IDR 96K PLL Lock. 1 = Lock

Bit 0 = Buffer clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 1 = External BNC activity detect. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 2 = Rx satellite clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 3 = Insert clock activity detect. 1 = Activity

Bit 4 = External reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity, reserved in

RCS10/10L mode

Bit 5 = High Stability reference PLL activity. 1 = Activity,

reserved in RCS10/10L mode

Bit 6 = Rx clock fallback. 1 = Fail

Bit 7 = Eb/No Threshold, 1 = Fail

<1> Insert Status Fault

Bit 0 = Frame lock fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = Multiframe lock fault. Valid in E1 PCM30 and PCM30C.

1 = Fail

Bit 2 = CRC lock fault. Valid in T1ESF, and E1 CRC enabled. 1

= Fail

Bit 3 = T1 yellow alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 4 = E1 FAS alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 5 = E1 MFAS alarm received. Not valid in FAS mode. 1 =

Received

Bit 6 = E1 CRC alarm received. 1 = Received

Bit 7 = CRC calculation error. 1 = Fail

<1> Common Alarm 1

Bit 0 = -12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = +12V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 2 = +5V alarm. 1 = Fail

Bit 3 = Reserved

Bit 4 = Battery. 1 = Fail

Bit 5 = RAM and ROM alarm flag. 1 = Fail

Bits 6 and 7 = Spares

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-99

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

<1> Common Alarm 2

Bit 0 = M&C processor fault. 1 = Fail

Bit 1 = U IO card present. 1 = Present, reserved in RCS10/10L

mode

Bit 2 = IF card present. 1 = Present

Bits 3 - 7 = Spares

Opcode: <240Dh> Query a modem’s Eb/No, BER, and Level

Query Response

<2> Raw BER Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value Raw BER 896 = 8.96

<2> Corrected BER

Mantissa

Bytes 1 - 2 = Binary value corrected BER

<2> EbNo

Binary value, 1 decimal point implied 700 = 7.00

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

<1> Raw BER Exponent

<1> Corrected BER

Exponent

Byte 3 = Binary value exponent

<1> BER/EbNo Status

Bit 0 = Raw BER and corrected BER status. 1 = Valid

Bit 1 = Test 2047 BER status. 1 = Valid

Bits 2 - 3 = EbNo status, 0 = EbNo is invalid, 1 = EbNo is valid,

2 = EbNo is smaller than indicated, value, 3 = EbNo is greater

than indicated value

Bit 4 = BER Counter Overflow. 1 = Overflow Condition

Bit 5 = Test 2047 BER Counter Overflow 1 = Overflow

Condition

Bits 6 – 7 = Reserved

<1> Input Level

Binary value in 1 dB steps

Opcode: <240Eh> Query time

Query Response

<1> Hour

0 – 23

<1> Minute

0 – 59

<1> Second

Opcode: <240Fh> Query date

Query Response

<1> Year

<1> Month

<1> Day

0 - 99

0 - 11

0 – 30

Opcode: <2410h> Query time and date

Query Response

<1> Year

0 - 99

0 - 11

<1> Month

4-100

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

<1> Day

0 – 30

0 – 23

0 – 59

<1> Hour

<1> Minute

<1> Second

Opcode: <2411h> Query Modem Summary Faults

Query Response

0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

<1> Mod Summary Fault

<1> Demod Summary

Fault

0 = Pass, 1 = Fail

Opcode: <2402h> Query a modem’s drop & insert map

<1> Requested map

0 = Drop active map, 1 = Insert active map, 2 = Drop edit map,

3 = Insert edit map, 4 - 11 = User map #1 through #8, 12 - 19 =

ROM maps #1 - #8

Query Response

<1> Requested map

number

0 = Drop active map, 1 = Insert active map, 2 = Drop edit map,

3 = Insert edit map, 4 - 11 = User map #1 through #8, 12 - 19 =

ROM maps #1 - #8

<30> Requested map

Opcode: <2C00h> Command drop and insert map copy

<1> From Map

0 = Drop active map, 1 = Insert active map, 2 = Drop edit map,

3 = Insert edit map, 4 - 11 = User map #1 through #8, 12 - 19 =

ROM maps #1 - #8

<1> To Map

0 = Drop active map. 1 = Insert active map, 2 = Drop edit map,

3 = Insert edit map, 4 - 11 = User map #1 through #8

Opcode: <2C01h> Command drop and insert map

<1> Map to Change

0 = Drop active map, 1 = Insert active map, 2 = Drop edit map,

3 = Insert edit map, 4 - 11 = User map #1 through #8

<30> New map

Opcode: <2C03h> Command clear latched alarms (No Parameters)

Opcode: <2C04h> Command set time

<1> Hour

0 – 23

0 – 59

<1> Minute

<1> Second

Opcode: <2C05h> Command set date

<1> Year

0 - 99

<1> Month

0 - 11

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

4-101

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

<1> Day

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

0 - 30

Opcode: <2C06h> Command set time and date

<1> Year

<1> Month

<1> Day

0 - 99

0 - 11

0 – 30

0 – 23

0 – 59

<1> Hour

<1> Minute

<1> Second

Opcode: <2C08h> Clear Modem Common Latched Alarm 1 (No Data)

Opcode: <2C09h> Clear Modem Common Latched Alarm 2 (No Data)

Opcode: <2C0Bh> Command Modem Terminal Emulation

<1> Terminal Emulation

0 = Adds Viewpoint. 1 = VT100, 2 = WYSE50

Opcode: <2C0Ch> Command Modem Baud Rate

<1> Terminal Baud Rate 0 = 300, 1 = 600, 2 = 1200, 3 = 2400, 4 = 4800, 5 = 9600, 6 =

19200, 7 = 38400, 8 = 150

Opcode: <2C0Dh> Command Configuration Copy

<1> From

0 = Current, 1 = Configuration 1, 2 = Configuration 2, 3 =

Configuration 3, 4 = Configuration 4, 5 = Configuration 5

<1> To

0 = Current, 1 = Configuration 1, 2 = Configuration 2, 3 =

Configuration 3, 4 = Configuration 4, 5 = Configuration 5

Opcode: <2C0Eh> Command Modem Eb/No Threshold

<1> Eb/No Threshold

0.0 through 9.9 dB One (1) byte decimal implied

Opcode: <2D00h> Soft Reset the Modem (No Data)

4-102

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Section 5 – Electrical Interfaces

5.0 DMD15/DMD15L Connections

All DMD15/DMD15L connections are made to labeled connectors located on the rear of the unit

(refer to Figures 5-1 through 5-5. The connector definitions below are those on the

DMD15/DMD15L unit. Any connection interfacing to the DMD15/DMD15L must be the

appropriate mating connector.

Figure 5-1. DMD15/DMD15L Universal Interface Module w/ESC

(shown with available options)

Figure 5-2. DMD15/DMD15L G.703 Interface Module w/ESC

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Figure 5-3. DMD15/DMD15L G.703 Interface Module

Figure 5-4. DMD15/DMD15L Universal Interface Module

Figure 5-5. DMD15/DMD15L Synchronous Data Interface Module

5.1 Power Inputs

Power Input Modules (Figure 5-1) are located at the right side of the DMD15/DMD15L Unit (as

viewed from the rear). There is a 240 VAC, 50 – 60 Hz, and an optional 36 – 75 VDC, 3A

(maximum) Power Input Module available. The power cord/connector assembly is a supplied

item.

5.1.1 AC Power Input Module

AC Input Module (Figure 5-1) power is applied to the port with the supplied power cable is 10 –

240 VAC, 50 – 60 Hz. Integrated into the Power Input Module is the Power On/Off Rocker Switch.

Power consumption for the unit is 1A. A chassis ground connection (size 10-32 thread stud), is

located to the lower left of the module.

5.1.2 DC Power Input Module

The Optional DC Power Input Module (Figure 5-1) is available for all DMD15/DMD15L products.

The unit may be powered from a 36 – 75 VDC source with a maximum unit power consumption of

3A. The three connections on the power strip are +, Ground, and -. There is also a Power On/Off

Rocker Switch. A chassis ground connection (size 10-32 thread stud), is located to the lower left

of the module.

5-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

5.2 TX (J1)

If the customer orders the 70/140 MHz IF, the Transmit IF Output Port will be a 75-Ohm Female

BNC Connector. The power level is programmable from -20 to +5 dBm in 0.1 dBm steps. The IF

Frequency can be programmed to 50 – 90 MHz or 100 – 180 MHz, in 1 Hz steps. If an L-Band IF

is ordered, the IF Port will be a 50 Ohm SMA Female Connector. The power level is

programmable from -30 to -5 dBm, in 0.1 dBm steps. The IF Frequency can be programmed to

950 – 1750 MHz, in 1 Hz steps.

Note: A receive only option of the DMD15/DMD15L is available. When this option is

ordered, there will be no TX Port on the Back Panel.

5.3 RX (J2)

If the customer orders the 70/140 MHz IF, the Transmit IF Output Port will be a 75-Ohm Female

BNC Connector. The power level is programmable from -20 to +5 dBm in 0.1 dBm steps. The IF

Frequency can be programmed to 50 – 90 MHz or 100 – 180 MHz, in 1 Hz steps. If an L-Band IF

is ordered, the IF Port will be a 50 Ohm SMA Female Connector. The power level is

programmable from -30 to -5 dBm, in 0.1 dBm steps. The IF Frequency can be programmed to

950 – 1750 MHz, in 1 Hz steps.

5.4 SD (J3)

The Send Data Port (Unbalanced) is a 75-Ohm Female BNC Connector.

5.5 DDO (J4)

The Drop Data Out Port (Unbalanced) is a 75-Ohm Female BNC Connector.

5.6 IDI EXC (J5)

The Insert Data In Port (Unbalanced) is a 75-Ohm Female BNC Connector.

5.7 EXT CLK (J5) – Synchronous Interface Only

The External Clock In Port is a 75-Ohm Female BNC Connector that is located on the

Synchronous Interface Module only.

5.8 RD (J6)

The Receive Data Port (Unbalanced) is a 75-Ohm Female BNC Connector.

5.9 G.703 (J7)

The G.703 Interface Port (Balanced) is a 15-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-1 for

pinouts.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table 5-1. G.703 Interface Port (Balanced) 15-Pin Female “D” Connector (J7)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Send Data (-)

Signal

Direction

SD-A

GND

SD-B

Input

---

Ground

Send Data (+)

Input

External Clock A (-)

External Clock B (+)

Receive Data A (-)

Ground

BAL EXC-A

BAL EXC-B

RD-A

Output

---

GND

Receive Data B (+)

Drop Data Out (-)

Drop Data Out (+)

Insert Data In (-) EXC (-)

Insert Data In (+) EXC (+)

RD-B

Output

Input

DDO-A

DDO-B

IDI-A

IDI-B

Input

5.10 SYNC DATA (J8)

The Synchronous Data Interface Port is a 37-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-2 for

pinouts.

Table 5-2. Synchronous Data Port RS-422/RS-485/RS-232/V.35

37-Pin Female “D” Connector (J8)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Transmit Octet (-)

Signal

Direction

TXO-A

TXO-B

SD-A

SD-B

ST-A

ST-B

RD-A

RD-B

RS-A

RS-B

RT-A

RT-B

CS-A

Input

Transmit Octet (+)

Send Data A (-)

Send Data B (+)

Send Timing A (-)

Output

Input

Send Timing B (+)

Receive Data A (-)

Receive Data B (+)

Request to Send A (-)

Request to Send B (+)

Receive Timing A (-)

Receive Timing B (+)

Clear to Send A (-)

Mod Fault - Open Collector

Input

Output

5-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Demod Fault - Open Collector

Clear to Send B (+)

Data Mode A (-)

Output

Input

CS-B

DM-A

Data Mode B (+)

DM-B

Receiver Ready A (-)

Receiver Ready B (+)

External Clock A (-)

External Clock B (+)

Receive Octet A (-)

Receive Octet B (+)

Terminal Timing A (-)

Terminal Timing B (+)

RR-A

RR-B

BAL EXC-A

BAL EXC-B

RX-0-A

RX-0 B

TT-A

Input

Output

Input

TT-B

Input

1, 19, 20, 37 Signal Ground

GND

---

5.11 ASYNC (J9)

The Asynchronous Data Interface Port is a 9-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-3 for

pinouts.

Table 5-3. Asynchronous Data Port 15-Pin Female “D” Connector (J9)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Receive Data B

Signal

Direction

Output

RXD_B

RXD_A

TXD_A

TXD_B

GND

Receive Data A

Transmit Data A

Transmit Data B

Output

Input

---

DSR

Output

Input

Output

---

RTS

CTS

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

5.11 STATUS (J11)

The Modem Status Interface Port is a 15-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-4 for

pinouts.

Table 5-4. STATUS Data Port 15-Pin Female “D” Connector (J11)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Mod Fault - C

Signal

Direction

No Direction

MF-C

Mod Fault – NC

MF-NC

MF-NO

DF-C

No Direction

Mod Fault – NO

Demod Fault - C

Demod Fault – NC

Demod Fault – NO

Common Equipment Fault - C

Common Equipment Fault – NC

Common Equipment Fault – NO

Prompt – NO

DF-NC

DF-NO

CEF-C

CEF-NC

CEF-NO

SP1-NO

SP1-NC

SP2-NO

SP2-NC

SP1C/AGC

Prompt – NC

Deferred – NO

Deferred – NC

AGC Out/Prompt – C (refer to

Table 5-5)

Ground/Deferred – C (refer to

Table 5-6)

SP2-C/GND

No Direction

Table 5-5. S6 AGC Out/Prompt – C

Switch Positions

AGC Out

Prompt - C

Off

5-6

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Table 5-6. S6 Ground/Deferred – C

Switch Positions

AGC Out

Prompt - C

Off

5.13 TERMINAL (J12)

The Terminal Port is an RS-232 Connection that is used to connect a terminal for operating and

monitoring the system. It is a 9-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-7 for pinouts.

Table 5-7. Terminal Port (RS-232) 9-Pin Female “D” Connector (J12)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Transmit Data

Signal

Direction

Output

TxD

RxD

GND

RTS

CTS

Receive Data

Ground

Input

---

Request to Send

Clear to Send

Input

5.14 REMOTE (J13)

The Remote Port is a RS-485 Connection for remote monitor and control of the modem. It is a 9-

Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-8 for pinouts.

Table 5-8. Remote Port RS-485 9-Pin Female “D” Connector (J13)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Transmit Data B

Signal

Direction

Output

RS-485 TxD-B

TxC-A

Transmit Clock A

Transmit Clock B

Receive Clock A

Signal Common

Transmit Data A

Receive Clock B

Receive Data B

Receive Data A

Output

Input

---

TxC-B

RxC-A

Common

RS-485 TxD-A

RxC-B

Output

Input

RS-485 RxD-B

RS-485 RxD-A

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

5.15 ESC 8K DATA (J15)

The ESC (Engineering Service Circuits) 8K Data Port allows for communications between Earth

Stations. It is a 15-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-9 for pinouts.

Table 5-9. ESC 8K Data Port 15-Pin Female “D” Connector (J15)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Receive Octet-B

Signal

ESCRXO-B

Direction

Output

Receive Clock-B

Receive Data-B

No Connection

Transmit Data-A

Transmit Clock-A

Transmit Octet-A

Receive Octet-A

Receive Clock-A

Receive Data-A

Ground

ESCRXC-B

ESCRXD-B

Output

---

ESCTXD-A

ESCTXC-A

ESCTXO-A

ESCRXO-A

ESCRXC-A

ESCRXD-A

GND

Input

Output

---

Transmit Data-B

Transmit Clock-B

Transmit Octet-B

ESCTXD-B

ESCTXC-B

ESCTXO-B

Input

Output

5-8

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

5.16 ESC VOICE (J16)

The ESC Voice Port allows for communications between Earth Stations. It is a 9-Pin Female “D”

Connector. Refer to Table 5-10 for pinouts.

Table 5-10. J16-ESC Audio/64K Data-9-Pin Female ‘D’

Audio

Direction Description

64K

Direction

Pin No.

Signal

Description

ESCAUDTX 1A

ESCAUDRX 1A

GND

ESCAUDTX 2B

ESCAUDRX 2B

ESCAUDTX 1B

ESCAUDRX 1B

ESCAUDTX 2A

ESCAUDRX 2A

Tx Audio 1A

Rx Audio 1A

Ground

Tx Audio 2B

Rx Audio 2B

Tx Audio 1B

Rx Audio 1B

Tx Audio 2A

Rx Audio 2A

Input

Output

Tx Data 64K A

Rx Data 64K A

Ground

Tx Clock 64K B

Rx Clock 64K B Output

Tx Data 64K B

Rx Data 64K B

Tx Clock 64K A

Input

Output

Input

Output

Input

Output

Input

Output

Input

Output

Rx Clock 64K A Output

5.17 ESC ALARMS (J17)

The ESC Alarms Port is a 25-Pin Female “D” Connector. Refer to Table 5-11 for pinouts.

Table 5-11. ESC Alarms Port 25-Pin Female “D” Connector (J17)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Signal

Direction

Ground

GND

ESCBWO 1NO

---

N/A

---

Backward Alarm Out - 1NO

No Connection

Backward Alarm Out - 2 NO

No Connection

ESCBWO 2NO

N/A

---

Backward Alarm Out - 3 NO

Ground

ESCBWO 3NO

GND

N/A

---

Backward Alarm Out - 4 NO

No Connection

ESCBWO 4NO

N/A

---

Backward Alarm In - 2

Backward Alarm In - 4

No Connection

ESCBWI 2

ESCBWI 4

Input

---

No Connection

---

Backward Alarm Out - 1 C

Backward Alarm Out - 1 NC

Backward Alarm Out - 2 C

Backward Alarm Out - 2 NC

ESCBWO 1C

ESCBWO 1NC

ESCBWO 2C

ESCBWO 2NC

N/A

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Backward Alarm Out - 3 C

Backward Alarm Out - 3 NC

Backward Alarm Out - 4 C

Backward Alarm Out - 4 NC

Backward Alarm In – 1

Backward Alarm In – 3

No Connection

ESCBWO 3C

N/A

Input

---

ESCBWO 3NC

ESCBWO 4C

ESCBWO 4NC

ESCBWI 1

ESCBWI 3

No Connection

---

5.18 SWITCH (J18)

The Switch Port is a 68-Pin High-Density Female Connector. Refer to Table 5-12 for pinouts.

Table 5-12. Switch Port 68-Pin High-Density Female Connector (J18)

Pin No.

Signal Name

Signal

G.703B SD-A

SYNC SD-A

Direction

G.703 Send Data Input A

Input

Synchronous Data Send

Data Input - A

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 1 Common

ESCBWO 1C

---

G.703 Insert Data Input – A

G.703B IDI-A

SYNC ST-A

Input

Synchronous Data Send

Timing Output – A

Output

Input

---

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 1 Normally Open

ESCBWO 1NO

Synchronous Data Terminal Timing SYNC TT-A

Input – A

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 2 Normally Closed

ESCBWO 2NC

G.703 Drop Data Out A -

Synchronous Data Receive Timing

Output - A

DDO-A RT-A

Output

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Output - 3 Common

ESCBWO 3C

IDO-A RD-A

---

G.703 Insert Data Out A -

Synchronous Data Receive Data A

Output

---

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Output - 3 Normally Open

ESCBWO 3NO

External Clock Input - A

Ground

BAL EXC-A

GND

Input

---

IDR ESC Audio Input Channel 1A

ESCAUDTX 1A

Input

5-10

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

IDR ESC Audio Input Channel 2A

ESCAUDTX 2A

IDR ESC Audio Output Channel 1A ESCAUD RX 1A

IDR ESC Audio Output Channel 2A ESCAUD RX 2A

IDR ESC Backward Alarm Input - 3 ESCBWI 3

Input

Output

Input

IBS ES Transmit Data A IDR ESC TXD-A BWI 1

Backward Alarm Input 1

Input

Mod Fault Open Collector Output

MOD FLT

Output Open

Collector

IBS ES Receive Data Output - A

ES RXD-A

ES DSR

Output

IBS ES Data Set Ready

(RS-232 Only)

IDR ESC Transmit 8 Kbps

Output Clock

ESCTXC-A

ESCTXD-A

ESCRXC-A

ESCRXD-A

ESCBWO 4NC

Output

Input

IDR ESC Transmit 8 Kbps

Output Data

IDR ESC Receive 8 Kbps

Output Clock

Output

---

IDR ESC Receive 8 Kbps

Output Data

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Output - 4 Normally Closed

IBS Transmit Octet Input - A

Synchronous Data Mode A

TXO-A

Input

SYNC DM-A

SYNC CS-A

Output

Synchronous Data Clear to

Send - A

IBS Receive Octet

Output - A

RXO-A

Output

Input

Synchronous Data Request to

Send - A

SYNC RS-A

SYNC RR-A

Synchronous Data Receiver

Ready - A

Output

G.703 Send Data Input - B

G703B SD-B

SYNC SD-B

Input

Synchronous Data Send Data

Input - B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 1 Normally Closed

ESCBWO 1 NC

---

G.703 Insert Data Input - B

G703B IDI-B

SYNC ST-B

---

Synchronous Data Send Timing

Output - B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 2 Common

ESCBWO 2C

---

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Synchronous Data Terminal

Timing – B

SYNC TT-B

---

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Output - 2 Normally Open

ESCBWO 2NO

DDO-B RT-B

G.703 Drop Data Out - B

Synchronous Data Receive

Timing – B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 3 Normally Closed

ESCBWO 3NC

IDO-B RD-B

---

G.703 Insert Data Out

Synchronous Data

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 4 Common

ESCBWO 4C

External Clock Input - B

Ground

BAL EXC-B

GND

Input

---

IDR ESC Audio Input

Channel - 1B

ESCAUDTX 1B

Input

IDR ESC Audio Input

Channel - 2B

ESCAUDTX 2B

ESCAUDRX 1B

ESCAUDRX 2B

ESCBWI 4

Input

Output

---

IDR ESC Audio Output

Channel - 1B

IDR ESC Audio Output

Channel - 2B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Input - 4

IBS ES Transmit Data – B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Input - 2

TX-B BWI 2

Input

Demod Fault Open Collector

Output

DMD FLT

Output

Open Collector

IBS ES Receive Data Input - B

Ground

ES RXD-B

GND

Output

---

IDR ESC Transmit 8 Kbps

Output Clock - B

ESCTXC-B

Output

IDR ESC Transmit 8 Kbps

Output Data - B

ESCTXD-B

ESCRXC-B

ESCRXD-B

ESCBWO 4NO

TXO-B

Input

Output

---

IDR ESC Receive 8 Kbps

Clock Output - B

IDR ESC Receive 8 Kbps

Data Output - B

IDR ESC Backward Alarm

Out - 4 Normally Open

IBS Transmit Octet Input - B

Input

5-12

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

User Interfaces

Synchronous Data – Data Mode

Out - B

SYNC DM-B

SYNC CS-B

Output

Input

Synchronous Data - Clear to

Send - B

IBS Receive Octet Output - B

RXO-B

Output

Input

Synchronous Data Request to

Send – B

SYNC RS-B

Synchronous Data Receiver

Ready - B

SYNC RR-B

Output

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-13

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

User Interfaces

DMD15/DMD15L IBS/IDR Satellite Modem

5-14

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Maintenance

Section 6 – Maintenance

6.0 Periodic Maintenance

The DMD15/DMD15L modulator requires no periodic field maintenance procedures. Should a

unit be suspected of a defect in field operations after all interface signals are verified, the correct

procedure is to replace the unit with another known working DMD15/DMD15L. If this does not

cure the problem, wiring or power should be suspect.

There is no external fuse on the DMD15/DMD15L. The fuse is located on the power supply

assembly inside the case, and replacement is not intended in the field.

6.1 Troubleshooting

The following is a brief list of possible problems that could be caused by failures of the modem or

by improper setup and configuration for the type of service. The list is arranged by possible

symptoms exhibited by the modem.

Symptom: The Modem will not acquire the incoming carrier:

Possible Cause: Improper receive input to modem.

Action: Check that the receive cabling is correct.

Possible Cause: Receive carrier level too low.

Action: Check that the receive cabling is correct, that the downconverter is properly set and that

the LNA is turned on. If a spectrum analyzer is available, locate and measure the receive level,

which should not be below -65 dBm absolute, -50 dBm is nominal.

Possible Cause: Receive carrier frequency outside of acquisition range.

Action: Check that the receive acquisition range is adequate for the possible system offsets.

Setting the value to 30 kHz is a standard value encompassing all normal offsets. After

acquisition, the actual receive frequency can be read from the Front Panel.

Possible Cause: Transmit carrier incompatible.

Action: Check the receive parameter settings and ensure that they match those on the

modulator.

Possible Cause: Modem is in Test Mode.

Action: Check the modem Front Panel for yellow warning LEDs indicating a Test Mode is

enabled. Self-Test or IF Loopback disconnects the Demodulator from the IF receive input

connector.

Symptom: The Async Port is not configured correctly.

Action: Refer to Section 5.8 to correctly set switches for correct configuration.

6.2 DMD15/DMD15L Fault Philosophy

The DMD15/DMD15L performs a high degree of self-monitoring and fault isolation. The alarms

are separated into three categories; Active Alarms, Common Equipment Alarms, and Latched

Alarms. In addition, a feature exists that allows the user to ‘Mask’ out certain Alarms as explained

below. Alarms that are recorded in the event buffer are the same as the alarm buffer.

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

6-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Masking alarms can cause undesirable modem performance.

6.2.1 Alarm Masks

The user has the capability to ‘Mask’ individual alarms on the DMD15/DMD15L. When an Alarm

is masked, the Front Panel LEDs and the Fault Relays do not get asserted, but the Alarm will still

be displayed. This feature is very helpful during debugging or to lock out a failure that the user is

already aware of.

6.2.2 Active Alarms

6.2.2.1 Major Alarms

Major alarms indicate a modem hardware failure. Major alarms may flash briefly during modem

configuration changes and during power-up but should not stay illuminated. Alarms are grouped

into Transmit alarms and Receive alarms - Transmit and Receive are completely independent.

6.2.2.2 Minor Alarms

Minor alarms indicate that a problem may persist outside the modem such as loss of Terrestrial

Clock, loss of terrestrial data activity, or a detected transmit or receive AIS condition.

Alarms are grouped into Transmit Alarms and Receive Alarms - Transmit and Receive are

completely independent.

6.2.2.3 Latched Alarms

Latched alarms are used to catch intermittent failures. If a fault occurs, the fault indication will be

latched even if the alarm goes away. After the modem is configured and running, it is

recommended that the latched alarms be cleared as a final step.

6.3 DMD15/DMD15L Fault Tree Matrices

Tables 6-1 through 6-3 represent, in matrix form, the faults that may occur within the

DMD15/DMD15L. There are three matrices: Interface/Common Equipment Faults, Tx Faults and

Rx Faults.

6-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Maintenance

Table 6-1. DMD15/DMD15L Interface/Common Equipment Fault Matrix

Table 6-2. DMD15/DMD15L RX Fault Matrix

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

6-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Table 6-3. DMD15/DMD15L TX Fault Matrix

6.3.1 Interpreting the Matrices

The first vertical column in the Tables represents the various Faults that the modem may identify.

The top horizontal column indicates the various actions that the modem will undertake. These

actions may be in the form of a relay, a switch or an LED.

6.3.2 IBS Fault Conditions and Actions

Figure 6-10 and Table 6-4 illustrates the IBS Fault Conditions and Actions to be taken at the Earth

Station, at the Terrestrial Data Stream, and the Satellite. These faults include those detected on

the Terrestrial link and those detected from the satellite.

6-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Maintenance

Figure 6-10. IBS Alarm Concept

Table 6-4. IBS Fault Conditions and Actions (includes Drop and Insert)

Fault Detected on

Terrestrial Link

Action In Earth

Station

Action to Terrestrial Action to Satellite

(Across Interface H) (Across Interface D)

(Across Interface A)

AS1, 2 - IBS Prompt,

Service Alarm

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TSO, Yellow

Alarm

AD1 - AIS in Relevant

TS’s

FA1 - Loss of

Terrestrial Input

AS1 - - IBS Prompt

Alarm

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TSO, Yellow

Alarm

AD3 - ‘1111’ in

RelevantTS16’s

FA2 - Loss of

Terrestrial Signaling

AS1 - - IBS Prompt

Alarm

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TSO, Yellow

Alarm

AD1 - AIS in Relevant

TS’s

FA3 - Loss of

Terrestrial Frame

AS1 - IBS Prompt

Alarm

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TSO, Yellow

Alarm

AD3 - ‘1111’ in

Relevant TS16’s

FA4 - Loss of

Terrestrial Multiframe

FA5 - BER of 1x 10^-3

or Greater on

Terrestrial Input

AS1 - IBS Prompt

Alarm

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TSO, Yellow

Alarm

AD1 - AIS in Relevant

TS’s

---

AD2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

Byte 32

FA6 - Alarm Indication

Received on

Terrestrial Input

Fault Detected From

Satellite

(Across Interface E)

AS1,2 - IBS Prompt,

Service Alarm

AH1, 3 - AIS in TS’s,

‘1111’ in TS16

AD2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

Byte 32

FA1 - Loss of Satellite

Signal Input

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

6-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

FA2 - Loss of Satellite

Frame

AS1,2 - IBS Prompt,

Service Alarm

AH1, 3 - AIS in TS’s,

‘1111’ in TS16

AD2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

Byte 32

FA3 - Loss of Satellite

Multiframe

AS1,2 - IBS Prompt,

Service Alarm

AH1, 3 - AIS in TS’s,

‘1111’ in TS16

AD2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

Byte 32

FA4 - BER of 1E-3 or

Greater From Satellite Service Alarm

Input

AS1,2 - IBS Prompt,

AH1, 3 - AIS in TS’s,

‘1111’ in TS16

AD2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

Byte 32

FA5 - Alarm Indication AS2 - IBS Service

AH2 - ‘1’ in Bit 3 of

NFAS TS0, Yellow

Alarm

---

Received From

Satellite Input

Alarm

6-6

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Technical Specifications

Section 7 – Technical Specifications

7.0 Modulator Specifications

Modulation:

Data Rates:

Symbol Rates:

BPSK and QPSK (OQPSK, 8PSK, 16QAM optional)

9.6 Kbps to 10 Mbps in 1 bps steps

6300 to 6500000 Symbols per second

128000 to 6500000 Symbols per second (8PSK/16QAM

50 to 90, 100 to 180 MHz in 1 Hz steps

950 – 1750 MHz (optional L-Band)

75 Ohms, 50 Ohms (optional)

IF Tuning Range:

IF Impedance:

50 Ohms (optional L-Band)

BNC, (L-Band, SMA)

20 dB minimum (13 dB L-Band)

-20 to +5.0 dB in 0.1 dB steps (L-Band -5 to -30 dB)

±0.5 dB over time and temperature

Meets IESS 308/309/310 Power Spectral mask

< -55 dBc in any 4 kHz band

IF Connector:

IF Return Loss:

Output Power:

Output Stability:

Output Spectrum:

Spurious

On/Off Power Ratio:

Scrambler:

FEC:

> 60 dB

CCITT V.35 or IBS (others optional)

Viterbi, K = 7 at 1/2, 3/4 and 7/8

Rate Sequential 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 (optional)

Trellis 2/3 (optional)

Turbo Product Code (optional)

Rate 3/4 (0.793) - (64, 57) x (64, 57)

Rate 1/2 (0.495) - (32,26) x (32,26) x (4,3)

(Turbo supported at all modulation types)

Reed-Solomon INTELSAT Rates

Internal, External, Rx Recovered

1 x 10^-6Typical (optional to 1 x 10^-7)

Outer Encoder Options:

Data Clock Source:

Internal Stability:

7.1 Demodulator Specifications

Demodulation:

Data Rates:

Symbol Rates:

BPSK and QPSK (OQPSK, 8PSK, 16QAM optional)

9.6 Kbps to 10 Mbps, 1 bps steps

12696 to 6500000 Symbols per second (B/O/QPSK)

128000 to 6500000 Symbols per second (8PSK/16QAM)

50 to 90, 100 to 180 MHz in 1 Hz steps

950 to 1750 MHz (optional L-Band)

75 Ohms, 50 Ohms (optional)

IF Tuning Range:

IF Impedance:

50 Ohms (optional L-Band)

BNC, SMA (optional L-Band)

IF Connector:

IF Return Loss:

Spectrum:

Input Level:

20 dB minimum

INTELSAT IESS 308/309/310 compliant

-55 to -25 dBm

Adjacent Channel Rejection Ratio:

Total Input Power:

> +14 dBc

+10 dBm or +40 dBc (the lesser)

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

7-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Technical Specifications

FEC:

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Viterbi, K = 7 at 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8 Rate,

Rate Sequential 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 (optional)

Trellis 2/3 (Optional)

Turbo Product Code (Optional)

3/4 Rate (0.793) - (64,57) x (64,57)

1/2 Rate (0.495) - (32,26) x (32,26) x (4,3)

(Turbo supported at all modulation types)

Reed-Solomon

CCITT V.35 or IBS (others optional)

Programmable ±1 kHz to ± 32 kHz

0 sec to 900.0 sec. in 100 msec. Steps

0 top 32000 Hz in 1 Hz steps.

Decoder Options:

Descrambler:

Acquisition Range:

Sweep Delay Value:

Reacquisition sweep

7.2 Plesiochronous Buffer

Size:

Centering:

Centering Modes:

2 ms to 32 ms

Automatic on underflow/overflow

IBS: Integral number of frames

IDR: Integral number of multiple frames

Transmit, External, Rx Recovered or SCT (Internal)

Clock:

7.3 Monitor and Control

Transmit and Receive Frequencies

Transmit and Receive Data Rates and Code Rate

Differential Encoding On/Off

Scrambler On/Off

Spectrum Normal/Inverted

Clock Source, Polarity and Frequency

Transmit Carrier On/Off and Tx Level

Tx Test Modes

Demodulator Input Level

E_b/N_o

Buffer Size, Clock, Center Buffer

Sweep Range and Delay

IDR/IBS Backward Alarms, Modem/Switch Alarms

IDR/IBS Framing, Drop and Insert Mode and Flags

Loopback; Terrestrial and Satellite

7.4 DMD15/DMD15L Drop and Insert (Optional)

Terrestrial Data:

Line Coding:

Framing:

1.544 Mbps or 2.048 Mbps, G.732/733

AMI or B8ZS for T1 and HDB3 for E1

D4, ESF, or SLC-96 for T1 and PCM30 (30 channels) or

PCM31 (31 channels for E1).

Time Slot Selection:

Time Slots:

Data Rates:

n x 64 contiguous or arbitrary blocks for Drop or Insert.

TS1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, 30

64, 128, 192, 256, 320, 384, 512, 640, 768, 960, 1024, 1280,

1536, 1920 Kbps

7-2

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Technical Specifications

7.5 Terrestrial Interfaces

A variety of standard interfaces is available for the DMD15/DMD15L Modem in stand-alone

applications.

7.6 Universal Interface

Module (UIM):

User Selectable RS-422/449, V.35, T1(DSX1, T2 (DSX2, E1

(G.703), and E2 (G.703)

G.703 T1 (DSX1:

G.703 E1:

1.544 Mbps, 100 Ohm balanced, AMI and B8ZS

2.048 Mbps, 75 Ohm unbalanced, and 120 Ohm balanced,

HDB3

G.703 T2 (DSX2):

6.312 Mbps, 75 Ohm unbalanced, and 110 Ohm balanced,

B8ZS and B6ZS

G.703 E2:

ITU V.35:

8.448 Mbps, 75 Ohm BNC, unbalanced, HDB3

Differential, Clock and Data only

RS-422/-449:

RS-232

All Rates, Differential, Clock/Data, DCE

(50 Ohm options are also available)

DCE up to 200 Kbps

7.7 Environmental

Prime Power:

100 – 240 VAC, 50 – 60 Hz, 1.0 A maximum.

48 VDC (IEC) 3-Pin Power Connector with Switch

Operating Temperature:

Storage Temperature:

0 to 50 C, 95% humidity, non-condensing

-20 to 70 C, 99% humidity, non-condensing

7.8 Physical

Chassis size:

Weight:

19” W x 22” D x 1.75” H

(48.26 x 43.18 x 4.45 cm)

9.6 pounds (4.3 Kg)

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

7-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Technical Specifications

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

7.9 DMD15 Data Rate Limits

Modulator

Low

Demodulator

High

Low

High

BPSK NONE

BPSK 1/2

BPSK 3/4

BPSK 7/8

BPSK 495

BPSK 793

6300

3150

4725

5512

3113

4987

6500000

3250000

4875000

5687500

3211988

5145833

12695

6347

9521

11108

6273

10050

6500000

3250000

4875000

5687500

3211988

5145833

QPSK NONE

QPSK 1/2

QPSK 3/4

QPSK 7/8

QPSK 495

QPSK 793

12600

6300

9450

11025

6226

9975

10000000 25390

10000000

6500000

9750000

10000000

6423976

10000000

6500000

9750000

12695

19042

10000000 22216

6423976 12546

10000000 20100

OQPSK NONE

OQPSK 1/2

OQPSK 3/4

OQPSK 7/8

OQPSK 495

OQPSK 793

12600

6300

9450

11025

6226

9975

10000000 25390

10000000

6500000

9750000

10000000

6423976

10000000

6500000

9750000

12695

19042

10000000 22216

6423976 12546

10000000 20100

8PSK 2/3

8PSK 495

8PSK 793

256000

304000

10000000 256000 10000000

9635964 256000 9635964

10000000 304000 10000000

16QAM 3/4

16QAM 7/8

16QAM 495

16QAM 793

384001

448001

253006

405334

10000000 384001 10000000

10000000 448001 10000000

10000000 253006 10000000

10000000 405334 10000000

7-4

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Technical Specifications

7.10 DMD15 BER Specifications

Modem BER Performance (Viterbi)

Specification

IDR

Typical

IBS

1/2 Rate

4.1 dB

4.6 dB

5.3 dB

6.0 dB

6.6 dB

7.1 dB

IDR

7/8 Rate

6.2 dB

7.1 dB

7.9 dB

8.6 dB

9.3 dB

10.2 dB

IBS

3/4 Rate

4.2 dB

4.9 dB

5.6 dB

6.3 dB

6.9 dB

7.5 dB

IDR

7/8 Rate

5.8 dB

6.5 dB

7.2 dB

7.9 dB

8.6 dB

9.4 dB

3/4 Rate

5.2 dB

1/2 Rate

3.25 dB

3.8 dB

4.6 dB

5.2 dB

5.9 dB

6.4 dB

3/4 Rate

4.35 dB

5.25 dB

5.9 dB

6.6 dB

7.3 dB

7.8 dB

10^-3

10^-4

10^-5

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

6.0 dB

6.7 dB

7.5 dB

8.2 dB

8.7 dB

8PSK Trellis Decoder 8PSK

BER

Specification

2/3 Rate

6.2 dB

Typical

2/3 Rate

5.6 dB

6.4 dB

7.2 dB

8.1 dB

8.9 dB

9.7 dB

10^-3

10^-4

10^-5

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

7.0 dB

7.8 dB

8.7 dB

9.5 dB

10.2 dB

Trellis Decoder and Reed-Solomon

BER

Specification

8PSK 2/3 Rate

5.5 dB

Typical

8PSK 2/3 Rate

5.1 dB

10^-4

10^-5

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

10^-9

5.8 dB

5.4 dB

6.2 dB

5.6 dB

6.5 dB

5.8 dB

6.7 dB

6.1 dB

6.9 dB

6.3 dB

Sequential Decoder BER Performance (1.544 Mbps)

Specification

Typical

3/4 Rate

BER

1/2 Rate

3/4 Rate

7/8 Rate

1/2 Rate

7/8 Rate

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

7-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Technical Specifications

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

10^-3

10^-4

10^-5

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

4.8 dB

5.2 dB

5.6 dB

5.9 dB

6.3 dB

6.7 dB

5.2 dB

5.7 dB

6.1 dB

6.5 dB

7.0 dB

7.4 dB

6.0 dB

6.4 dB

6.9 dB

7.4 dB

7.9 dB

8.4 dB

4.3 dB

4.7 dB

5.1 dB

5.4 dB

5.8 dB

6.2 dB

4.7 dB

5.2 dB

5.6 dB

6.1 dB

6.5 dB

6.9 dB

5.5 dB

5.9 dB

6.4 dB

6.9 dB

7.4 dB

7.9 dB

Concatenated Reed-Solomon Performance (BER Specifications)

Guaranteed Performance

BER vs.

E_b/N_o

Rate 1/2 FEC

Rate 3/4 FEC

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

10^-10

4.1

4.2

4.4

5.0

5.6

5.8

6.0

6.3

16 QAM BER Performance (Viterbi Decoder)

BER

Specification

3/4 Rate

8.9 dB

Typical

3/4 Rate

8.1 dB

1/2 Rate

n/a

7/8 Rate

10.3 dB

11.1 dB

11.9 dB

12.7 dB

13.5 dB

14.3 dB

1/2 Rate

n/a

7/8 Rate

9.5 dB

10^-3

10^-4

10^-5

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

n/a

9.8 dB

n/a

9.0 dB

10.3 dB

11.1 dB

11.9 dB

12.7 dB

13.5 dB

n/a

10.7 dB

11.5 dB

12.4 dB

13.3 dB

n/a

9.9 dB

n/a

10.7 dB

11.6 dB

12.5 dB

n/a

16 QAM BER Performance (Viterbi Decoder w/ Reed-Solomon)

BER

Specification

3/4

Typical

3/4

1/2

n/a

7/8

1/2

n/a

7/8

10^-3

10^-4

10^-5

8.4 dB

9.8 dB

10.1 dB

10.3 dB

7.8 dB

8.1 dB

8.3 dB

9.3 dB

9.6 dB

9.9 dB

8.6 dB

8.9 dB

7-6

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Technical Specifications

10^-6

10^-7

10^-8

n/a

9.1 dB

9.3 dB

9.5 dB

10.5 dB

10.8 dB

11.0 dB

n/a

8.6 dB

8.8 dB

9.1 dB

0.2 dB

10.4 dB

10.7 dB

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

7-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Technical Specifications

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

7-8

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Technical Specifications

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

7-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Technical Specifications

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

7-10

TM051 – Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Appendix A

Section 8 – Appendices

Appendix A – Reed-Solomon Codes

Valid Values for k

2, 3

3, 4

3, 4, 5

4, 5, 6

4, 6, 7

5, 6, 7, 8

5, 7, 8, 9

6, 8, 9, 10

6, 8, 9, 10, 11

7, 9, 10, 11, 12

7, 10, 11, 12, 13

8, 10, 12, 13, 14

8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16

9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17

10, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18

10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19

11, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20

11, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21

12, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22

12, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23

13, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24

13, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25

14, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

14, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27

15, 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28

15, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29

16, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30

16, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31

17, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32

17, 23, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33

18, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34

18, 24, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35

19, 25, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36

19, 26, 29, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37

20, 26, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38

20, 27, 30, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39

21, 28, 31, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40

28, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41

29, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42

30, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43

30, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44

31, 35, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45

32, 36, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46

32, 36, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47

33, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48

34, 38, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49

34, 39, 41, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50

35, 39, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51

36, 40, 43, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52

36, 41, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53

37, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54

38, 42, 45, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55

5-2

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56

39, 44, 47, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57

40, 45, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58

40, 45, 48, 50, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59

41, 46, 49, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60

42, 47, 50, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61

48, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62

48, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63

49, 52, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64

50, 53, 55, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65

51, 54, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66

51, 55, 57, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67

52, 56, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68

53, 56, 59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69

54, 57, 60, 61, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70

54, 58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71

55, 59, 61, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72

56, 60, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73

57, 60, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74

57, 61, 64, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75

58, 62, 65, 66, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76

59, 63, 65, 67, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77

60, 64, 66, 68, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78

60, 64, 67, 69, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79

61, 65, 68, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80

62, 66, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81

63, 67, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82

68, 70, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83

68, 71, 73, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

69, 72, 74, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85

70, 73, 75, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86

71, 74, 76, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87

72, 75, 77, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88

72, 75, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89

73, 76, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90

74, 77, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91

75, 78, 80, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92

76, 79, 81, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93

76, 80, 82, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94

77, 80, 83, 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95

78, 81, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96

79, 82, 84, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97

80, 83, 85, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

80, 84, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99

81, 85, 87, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100

82, 85, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101

83, 86, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102

84, 87, 90, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103

88, 90, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104

89, 91, 93, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105

90, 92, 94, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106

90, 93, 95, 96, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107

91, 94, 96, 97, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108

92, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109

93, 96, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110

94, 96, 98, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111

95, 97, 99, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112

95, 98, 100, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113

5-4

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

96, 99, 101, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114

97, 100, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115

98, 101, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116

99, 102, 104, 105, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117

100, 102, 105, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118

100, 103, 105, 107, 108, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119

101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120

102, 105, 107, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121

103, 106, 108, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122

104, 107, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123

105, 108, 110, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124

108, 111, 112, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125

109, 112, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126

110, 112, 114, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127

111, 113, 115, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128

112, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129

113, 115, 117, 118, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130

114, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131

114, 117, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132

115, 118, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133

116, 119, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134

117, 119, 121, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135

118, 120, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136

119, 121, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137

120, 122, 124, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138

120, 123, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139

121, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140

122, 125, 127, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141

123, 126, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

124, 126, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143

125, 127, 129, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

126, 128, 130, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145

129, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146

130, 132, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147

131, 133, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148

132, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

133, 135, 136, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150

133, 136, 137, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151

134, 136, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152

135, 137, 139, 140, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153

136, 138, 140, 141, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154

137, 139, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155

138, 140, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156

139, 141, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157

140, 142, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158

140, 143, 144, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159

141, 144, 145, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160

142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161

143, 145, 147, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162

144, 146, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163

145, 147, 149, 150, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164

146, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165

147, 149, 151, 152, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166

150, 152, 153, 154, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167

151, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168

152, 153, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169

152, 154, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170

153, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171

5-6

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

154, 156, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172

155, 157, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173

156, 158, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174

157, 159, 160, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175

158, 160, 161, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176

159, 161, 162, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177

160, 162, 163, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178

160, 162, 164, 165, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179

161, 163, 165, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180

162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181

163, 165, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182

164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183

165, 167, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184

166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185

167, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186

168, 170, 171, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187

171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188

171, 173, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189

172, 174, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190

173, 175, 176, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191

174, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192

175, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193

176, 178, 179, 180, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194

177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195

178, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196

179, 180, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197

180, 181, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198

180, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199

181, 183, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

182, 184, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201

183, 185, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202

184, 186, 187, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203

185, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204

186, 188, 189, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205

187, 189, 190, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206

188, 190, 191, 192, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207

189, 190, 192, 193, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208

191, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209

192, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210

193, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211

194, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212

195, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213

196, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214

197, 198, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215

198, 199, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216

199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217

200, 201*, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218

200, 202, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219

201, 203, 204, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220

202, 204, 205, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221

203, 205, 206, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222

204, 206, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223

205, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223,

224

226

227

228

206, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224,

225

207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225,

226

208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226,

227

5-8

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

229

230

209, 210, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227,

228

210, 211, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228,

229

231

232

233

234

235

212, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230

213, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231

214, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232

215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233

216, 217, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234

236

237

238

239

240

217, 218, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235

218, 219, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236

219, 220, 221, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237

220, 221, 222, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238

220, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238,

239

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

221, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239,

240

222, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240,

241

223, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241,

242

224, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242,

243

225, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243,

244

226, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244,

245

227, 228, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,

246

228, 229, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,

247

229, 230, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247,

248

230, 231, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,

249

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-9

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

251

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

231, 232, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249,

250

252

253

254

255

233, 234, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251

234, 235, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252

235, 236, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253

236, 237, 238, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254

* Note: T1 Framing not supported (IBS, Drop & Insert).

5-10

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

5-11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

Ampere

Alternating Current

ADC

AGC

AIS

Analog to Digital Converter

Automatic Gain Control

Alarm Indication System. A signal comprised of all binary 1s.

Above Mean Sea Level

American National Standards Institute

American Standard Code for Information Interchange

Application Specific Integrated Circuit

Automatic Test Equipment

AMSL

ANSI

ASCII

ASIC

ATE

BER

Bit Error Rate

BERT

Bit/BIT

BITE

bps

Bit Error Rate Test

Binary Digit or Built-In Test

Built-In Test Equipment

Bits Per Second

BPSK

Byte

Binary Phase Shift Keying

8 Binary Digits

Celsius

CATS

CA/xxxx

CD-ROM

CLK

Computer Aided Test Software

Cable Assembly

Compact Disk – Read Only Memory

Clock

Centimeter

COM

CPU

Common

Central Processing Unit

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check. A system of error checking performed at the

transmitting and receiving stations.

C/N

Continuous Wave

Carrier to Noise Ratio

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

G-1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

DAC

Digital to Analog Converter

Decibels

dBc

Decibels Referred to Carrier

Decibels Referred to 1.0 milliwatt

Direct Current

dBm

DCE

Demod

DPLL

DTE

DVB

D&I

Data Communications Equipment

Demodulator or Demodulated

Digital Phase Locked Loop

Data Terminal Equipment

Digital Video Broadcast

Drop and Insert

E_b/N₀

EEPROM

EIA

Ratio of Energy per bit to Noise Power Density in a 1 Hz Bandwidth.

Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory

Electronic Industries Association

Electromagnetic Interference

Engineering Service Circuits

Earth Terminal

EMI

ESC

Fahrenheit

FAS

Frame Acquisition Sync. A repeating series bits which allow acquisition of a

frame.

FCC

FEC

FIFO

FPGA

Federal Communications Commission

Forward Error Correction

First In, First Out

Field Programmable Gate Arrays

Firmware

Force of Gravity

Gigahertz

GHz

GND

Ground

G-2

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

HSSI

High Speed Serial Interface

Hardware

Hertz (Unit of Frequency)

IBS

Intelsat Business Services

Intermediate Data Rate

Input/Output

IDR

I/O

IEEE

IESS

International Electrical and Electronic Engineers

INTELSAT Earth Station Standards

Intermediate Frequency

INTELSAT

ISO

International Telecommunication Satellite Organization

International Standards Organization

Joule

Kilobits per Second

Kilobytes per Second

Kilogram

Kbps

kHz

Kilohertz

Ksps

Kilosymbols per Second

LCD

LED

Liquid Crystal Display

Light Emitting Diode

Local Oscillator

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

G-3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Milliampere

Mbps

MFAS

MHz

MIB

Megabits per Second

Multi-Frame Acquisition Sync. See FAS.

Megahertz

Management Information Base

Modulator or Modulated

Millisecond

Mod

M&C

Monitor and Control

Normally Closed

Normally Open

Nanoseconds

NVRAM

N/C

Non-Volatile Random Access Memory

No Connection or Not Connected

OQPSK

Offset Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

Personal Computer

Phase Locked Loop

Parts per Billion

PLL

ppb

ppm

P/N

Parts per Million

Part Number

QAM

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

QPSK

G-4

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

Glossary

RAM

Random Access Memory

Radio Frequency

ROM

rms

Read Only Memory

Root Mean Square

Rack Unit. 1 RU = 1.75”

Receive (Receiver)

Receive Data

RxD

R-S

Reed-Solomon Coding. Reed-Solomon codes are block-based error correcting

codes with a wide range of applications in digital communications and storage.

SEQ

Sequential

SYNC

Synchronize

To Be Designed or To Be Determined

Technical Manual

TBD

TPC

TRE

Turbo Product Codes

Trellis

Transmit (Transmitter)

Transmit Data

TxD

UART

UUT

Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter

Unit Under Test

Volts

VAC

VCO

VDC

VIT

Volts, Alternating Current

Voltage Controlled Oscillator

Volts, Direct Current

Viterbi Decoding

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

G-5

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Glossary

DMD15/DMD15L/DMD15/DMD15LL/DMD15/DMD15LIBS/IDR Satellite Modem

W X Y Z

Misc.

Watt

µs

Microsecond

Ω

Ohms

16QAM

8PSK

16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

8 Phase Shift Keying

G-6

TM051 - Rev. 5.8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Miele Clothes Dryer T8402C User Manual
MTD Tiller 213 380 User Manual
Northland Kitchen Appliance Beverage Dispenser Northland Kitchen Appliance User Manual
Omega Vehicle Security Electric Heater DRF POT User Manual
One for All Universal Remote UR4 DSR User Manual
Oracle Audio Technologies Stereo Amplifier DAC 1000 User Manual
Oricom Telephone TP68 User Manual
Packard Bell Computer Drive 5800 User Manual
Panasonic Digital Camera AK HC1800N User Manual
Panasonic IP Phone KX T7050 User Manual